Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Chemicals - Specialty / Orion Engineered Carbons S.A.

Orion Engineered Carbons S.A.

oec · NYSE Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker oec
Exchange NYSE
Sector Basic Materials
Industry Chemicals - Specialty
Employees 1658
← All annual reports
FY2014 Annual Report · Orion Engineered Carbons S.A.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
ORBITAL CORPORATION LIMITED 
APPENDIX 4E 

Preliminary Final Report 

Company Details 

Name of Entity: 
ABN:   
Year Ended (Current Year): 
Year Ended (Prior Year):   

Orbital Corporation Limited 
32 009 344 058 
30 June 2014 
30 June 2013 

Results for announcement to the market 

A$'000 

A$'000 

Total revenue 

DOWN 

8,362  

31% 

to  

18,337  

Statutory net profit from ordinary activities after 
tax attributable to members 

Statutory net profit attributable to members 

Underlying net profit/(loss) from ordinary 
activities after tax attributable to members 

UP 

UP 

1,312  360% 

to  

1,676 

1,312  360% 

to  

1,676 

DOWN 

2,167  158% 

to 

(797) 

Net tangible assets per share (cents) 

2014 

2013 

42.29 

39.22 

Dividends 

There is no proposal to pay dividends for the year ended 30 June 2014 

Commentary on results for the period 

The  Commentary  on  the  results  for  the  period  is  contained  in  the  press  release  dated  29  August  2014 
accompanying this statement. 

Annual Meeting 

The annual meeting will be held as follows: 

Place:    

Conference Room 
BGC Centre 
28 The Esplanade  
Perth, Western Australia 

Date: 

Tuesday 21 October 2014  

Time: 

8:30am  

Approximate date the annual report will be available:  17 September 2014  

Audit 

This report is based on accounts which have been audited. (see attached Annual Report) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ABN 32 009 344 058 

ANNUAL REPORT 

30 JUNE 2014 

 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

The Directors present their report together with the financial report of Orbital Corporation Limited (the Company or Orbital) 
and of the Group, being the Company, its subsidiaries and the Group’s interest in its associate for the year ended 30 June 
2014 and the auditors’ report thereon. 

Reference  Contents of Directors’ Report 

Page 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

9. 

10. 

11. 

12. 

13. 

14. 

15. 

16. 

17. 

Operating and Financial Review 

Directors 

Directors’ Interests 

Directors’ Meetings 

Company Secretary 

Principal Activities 

Consolidated Result 

Dividends 

State of Affairs 

Events Subsequent to Balance Sheet Date 

Likely Developments and Expected Results 

Share Options 

Indemnification  

Non-Audit Services 

Rounding Off 

Lead Auditor’s Independence Declaration 

Remuneration Report 

2 

8 

9 

9 

10 

10 

10 

10 

10 

10 

10 

10 

10 

11 

11 

11 

12 

1 

 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

1. 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW  

SUMMARY OF BUSINESSES 

Orbital  is  an  innovation  company  with  30  years’  experience  in  advanced  technology,  product  development  and 
commercialization.  Orbital has a diversified portfolio of products and services offered through multiple business channels.  
These diversified channels are product and/or service focused and comprised of divisions and joint ventures.   
Orbital earns income from multiple channels: 

  System Sales; 
  Synerject Joint Venture; 
  Consulting Services; and 
  Royalties and Licences. 

A  key  foundation  technology  and  revenue  generator  is  Orbital’s  FlexDITM  engine  management  system  technology  which 
has  been  commercialised,  since  1996  in  the  marine  market  and  subsequently  in  the  motorcycle,  recreational  and,  most 
recently, Unmanned Aerial Vehicle (UAV) markets. FlexDITM generates revenue for Orbital in all four sources. Building on 
the success of FlexDI™, other high technology systems and services are offered through our various business segments.  

The Company  had been awarded a  contract for the design, development and validation of a next generation production 
engine  for  Insitu  Inc,  a  subsidiary  of  The  Boeing  Company  (Insitu-Boeing).    The  development  program  has  been  a 
significant  focus  for  Orbital  over  the  past  year.    If  successful  the  development  program  will  lead  to  production  of  small 
unmanned  aircraft  system  (SUAS)  engines  in  2015.  The  next  generation  propulsion  system  will  be  one  of  the  most 
advanced engines flying on a SUAS application. The engine will utilize Orbital’s Argon FlexECU, our smallest, lightest and 
highest specification Engine Control Unit (ECU).  

In  addition  to  the  Insitu-Boeing  SUAS  contract,  the  Company  is  also  a  supplier  of  engine  management  systems,  fuel 
system  components  and  spare  parts  to  its  other  UAV  customer,  Textron  Unmanned  Systems  (formerly  known  as  AAI 
Corporation), a division of Textron Inc (Textron). The Company’s system sales business also includes two Liquid Propane 
Gas (LPG) fuel system businesses. 

The  Company  develops  and  sells  systems  to  domestic  and  international  markets.  Domestically,  the  Company  is  the 
supplier of a Liquid Phase Injection (LPi) LPG fuel system to Ford Motor Company of Australia for use in their EcoLPi range 
of  Falcon  passenger  cars  and  utilities.    The  Company  is  also  an  importer  and  wholesaler  of  LPG  fuel  systems  for  the 
Australian retrofit market, with the LPG related businesses holding an estimated combined domestic market share of more 
than 40%.  The SUAS business is international and has applied Orbital’s patented FlexDITM engine management system to 
heavy fuel applications in the SUAS market. 

The Consulting Services business provides engineering and testing facility services to domestic customers and advanced 
engineering  services  for  international  customers  based  in  India,  Japan,  China,  USA,  and  Europe.    The  Company  is 
planning  to  expand  consulting  services  in  the  growing  Indian  market  through  a  proposed  Joint  Arrangement  with  UCAL 
Fuel Systems Limited, a leading fuel system supplier in India.  

The  Company  holds  an  investment  in  Synerject  LLC,  the  world’s  largest  independent  supplier  of  non-automotive  engine 
management systems (EMS).  Synerject operates engineering facilities in Europe, North America and China and also has 
production  facilities  in  North  America  and  China.    Synerject  supplies  EMS  to  customers  in  the  marine,  low-end  2  and  3 
wheeler, recreational and utility markets.  Synerject’s customers are located in North America, Europe, Japan, China and 
South-East Asia. 

FINANCIAL REVIEW 

Total revenue and profit after tax for the year ended 30 June 2014 was $18,337,000 and $1,676,000 respectively (2013: 
total revenue $26,699,000 and profit after tax of $364,000). 

There  are  a  number  of  items  impacting  the  profit  after  tax  that  are  not  associated  with  the  normal  operations  of  the 
Group.  This information has been set out below to enable users of this report to make appropriate comparisons with prior 
periods and to assess the underlying operating performance of the business. 

Statutory profit after tax 

Deduct income items 

   Gain on sale of share of Synerject 

   Change in fair value of contingent consideration 

Research and development grant 

Add-back expense items 

   Taxation expense relating to the gain on sale of share of Synerject 

   Goodwill impairment 

   Termination costs 

Underlying (loss)/profit after tax 

2014 
$’000 

1,676 

- 

(248) 

(2,224) 

- 

- 

- 

(796) 

2013 
$’000 

364 

(1,702) 

(1,410) 

- 

1,590 

1,965 

563 

1,370 

The non-IFRS information above has not been audited, but has been extracted from Orbital’s annual financial report which 
has been audited by the external auditors.  This information has been presented to assist in making appropriate 
comparisons with prior periods and to assess the operating performance of the business.  

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

1. 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW (CONTINUED) 

FINANCIAL REVIEW (CONTINUED) 

The financial performance of the Company has improved from a profit of $364,000 last year to a profit of $1,676,000 this 
year.  The improvement in profitability was primarily due to the combined benefits of a Research and Development grant 
and profitable system sales which were partially offset by an increased investment in research and development.  On an 
operating basis, we made an underlying loss of $797,000.  With the strategic changes made over the year, the business is 
now on a better base to achieve sustainable profits in the future. 

The Company recognised a gain on the change in fair value of the contingent consideration liability in respect of the Sprint 
Gas acquisition of $248,000.   

The Company’s net assets increased by 7%, compared with the previous year.  This increase is largely attributable to the 
translation  of  the  foreign  subsidiary  and  the  current  year’s  profit  after  tax.    Trade  receivables  have  decreased  by 
$1,486,000, inventories have increased by $170,000 and trade payables have increased by $895,000.  Other receivable 
of $2,224,000 for the  Research and  Development Tax Incentive  is outstanding at  the  end of the period.  Inventory and 
trade payables have been managed in line with the activity levels of the LPG businesses. 

Net cash used in operating activities was $1,951,000 (2013: $1,717,000) reflecting an excess of operational expenditures 
of $1,373,000 (2013: $2,231,000) and an  increase  in working capital of $542,000 (2013: reduction  of $514,000).  The 
improvement in operational expenditures has arisen from the Companies continued focus on improving cost controls and 
the operating performance of the Group.   

Orbital  will  continue  to  concentrate  on  cash  management  and  manage  costs  appropriately  to  minimise  overheads  while 
protecting key resources necessary to create opportunities for future growth.  

The Company’s investment in Synerject is accounted for using the equity method of accounting and as such it does not 
include Orbital’s share of Synerject’s revenue in  its Income Statement.  To assist in  making appropriate comparisons of 
the relative size of each of the Group’s income streams graphical representations of sales, including the pro-rata shares of 
Synerject  sales,  have  been  included  in  the  Segment  review  which  follows.    The  segment  information  presented  is  non-
IFRS information which has not been audited.   

SEGMENT REVIEW 

SYSTEM SALES 

Unmanned Aerial Vehicles is 
an exciting new market and 
Orbital is positioned as the 
market leader for Small 
Unmanned Aerial Systems 
capable of operating on heavy 
fuels.  

  2014 KEY PERFORMANCE HIGHLIGHTS 
  ►  Significant progress made in the 
development contract for Insitu-
Boeing. 

SIGNIFICANT CHANGES 

  ►  Major design, development and 
production contract with Insitu-
Boeing, the world’s largest SUAS 
operator. 

  ►  Delivery of additional EMS to the SUAS 

  ►  Decrease in Australian LPG market 

market. 

  ►  OAS and SGA gain market share, 
albeit in a declining LPG market. 

drove restructuring to adjust cost 
base. 

  ►  Reduced sales as a result of 

change from being an engine 
supplier to Textron to only 
supplying Orbital’s patented EMS 
and Fuel Systems. 

FUTURE OBJECTIVES 

  ►  Develop next generation SUAS 

engine and engine management 
systems. 

  ►  Structure LPG businesses for 

sustainable profitability. 

  ► 

Plan for expansion of SUAS 
business internationally. 

SALES $m 

METRICS 

2014 
$’000 

2013 
$’000 

  Segment 
Revenue 

  Segment  
Result 

14,136 

23,424 

602 

2,163 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

1. 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW (CONTINUED) 

SEGMENT REVIEW (CONTINUED) 

SYSTEM SALES (CONTINUED) 

Summary of Segment 

The System Sales segment is a developer and supplier of engines, propulsion systems, engine management systems and 
fuel system components for Original Equipment Manufacturers and the motor vehicle aftermarket.  The segment operates 
predominantly in alternative fuel markets and provides systems that range from heavy fuels for Unmanned Aerial Vehicles 
(UAV) to Liquid Propane Gas (LPG) for motor vehicles. 

The key focus of the UAV business during the year was the contract for the design, development and validation of a next 
generation production engine for Insitu Inc, a subsidiary of The Boeing Company (NYSE: BA) (Insitu-Boeing),  and one of 
the  largest  and  most  experienced  UAV  operators  in  the  world.    The  development  program  will  be  conducted  through 
FY2014 and FY2015 and if successful will lead to low volume production of UAV engines in 2015 with production ramp-up 
in  subsequent  years.    The  UAV  market  is  projected  to  double  in  the  next  decade  and  with  Orbital’s  unique  FlexDITM 
technology, this is projected to be a significant growth area for the Company. 

A key product sold this year by Orbital was the patented FlexDITM Engine Management System (EMS) for Small Unmanned 
Aircraft Systems (SUAS) supplied for use by Textron Unmanned Systems (formerly known as AAI Corporation), a division 
of  Textron  Inc  (NYSE:  TXT)  (Textron),  in  their  Aerosonde®  4.7  UAV.    Responsibility  for  the  manufacture  of  engines  for 
use  by  Textron  was  transitioned  to  its  sister  company  Lycoming  Engines  in  line  with  Textron’s  original  intent  for  engine 
supply, however Orbital is still responsible for the supply of the core technology that enables operation on heavy fuels, the 
patented  FlexDITM  EMS.  The  engine  uses  Orbital’s  FlexDITM  technology  enabling  spark  ignition  of  military  specification 
kerosene  fuels  and  has  been  designed  to  be  a  lightweight  and  compact  package  which  enables  the  end-user  increased 
payload  and/or  range  opportunities.    The  “One-Fuel”  policy  being  adopted  by  the  military  for  both  safety  and  ease  of 
logistics replaces the use of conventional petrol (or gasoline) fuels used in the past for this application.  As disclosed on 23 
June 2014, Orbital settled the contract dispute with Textron that had led to the impairment of receivables in the half year 
financial results.  As a result of the dispute there was a suspension of sales to Textron in the second half of the year. 

As  anticipated,  the  LPG  fuel  system  businesses  experienced  little  revenue  growth  as  both  Ford  production  and  the  LPG 
aftermarket continued to be subdued.  Despite the declining market, the LPG fuel system businesses managed to increase 
their market share. 

Orbital Autogas Systems (OAS) developed, and is the supplier of Liquid LPG systems to Ford Motor Company of Australia 
for the Ford EcoLPi Falcon range of passenger cars and utilities.  The Ford EcoLPi Falcon offers performance of a big family 
car with fuel running cost better than many mid/small sized cars.  OAS sells this system into the aftermarket under the 
brand name “Liquid”. 

Sprint Gas Australia (SGA) is a major nationwide distributor of LPG systems for the aftermarket.  SGA offers a wide range 
of systems from the older generation “vapouriser” systems through to sequential injection systems and the Orbital Liquid 
LPG systems. 

Highlights 

Revenues for the year were $14,136,000, a 40% decrease on the previous year.  The result reflected the change in SUAS 
engine production from Orbital to Textron’s sister company and also the impact of the dispute with Textron that led to a 
production gap for SUAS EMS of over 6 months.  The LPG related businesses were able to generate a slight increase in 
total  sales  as  a  result  of  their  increasing  market  share  in  a  declining  market.    The  contribution  to  the  group  was 
diminished from last year as a result of the lower sales but was still a positive result of $602,000. 

Business Model 

Development and supply of high value systems, starting with engine management systems, engines and engine parts is 
the  cornerstone  of  Orbital’s  growth  strategy.  This  will  initially  supplement  and  eventually  replace  Orbital’s  traditional 
revenue streams of engineering consulting services and royalties.  Growth to date has been underpinned by demand for 
alternative fuel systems in niche markets.   

Outlook 

Revenues  from  SUAS  will  be  higher  in  the  next  financial  year  as  we  resume  sales  of  EMS  components  to  Textron  and 
progress the Insitu-Boeing development contract to flight testing and low volume engine production.  

Due  to  the  subdued  LPG  systems  market  at  present,  both OAS  and  SGA  have  undertaken  restructures  to  manage  their 
businesses to the market demand, and have managed to increase market share; albeit in a contracting market.  Orbital is 
currently  the  largest  player  in  the  Australian  LPG  market.    With  the  Australian  market  continuing  to  contract  we  expect 
there to be continued consolidation within the industry.  

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

1. 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW (CONTINUED) 

SEGMENT REVIEW (CONTINUED) 

SYNERJECT 

Synerject has continued its 
diversification into new 
products and new markets 

2014 KEY PERFORMANCE HIGHLIGHTS 

SIGNIFICANT CHANGES 

  ► 

  ► 

3.25% growth in Revenue. 

19.5% growth in Profit after Tax. 

  ►  Continued improvement in 

non-traditional markets. 

SALES $m (pro-rata share) 

METRICS 

  Revenue 
(100%) 

  Profit after tax 

(100%) 

  Share of profit 
  Investment in 

Synerject 

2014 
U$’000 

2013 
U$’000 

141,746 

137,287 

9,889 

8,275 

A$’000 

A$’000 

3,256 

3,220 

13,980 

12,468 

  ► 

  ► 

FUTURE OBJECTIVES 

Expansion of low end 2 & 
3 wheeler EMS markets 
targeting India, China & 
Asia. 

Expansion of utility 
market with new line of 
low cost EMS products. 

  ►  Continued growth while 
maintaining profitability 

Summary of Segment 

Synerject,  Orbital’s  30:70  (previously  42:58)  Partnership  with  Continental  AG,  is  a  key  supplier  of  engine  management 
systems and fuel systems to the non-automotive market.   

Original  equipment  products  using  Synerject’s  engine  management  systems  range  from  the  high  performance 
motorcycle/recreational vehicles to the high volume scooter and small engine applications.  Application centres in Europe, 
China, Taiwan and the United States provide on-site support of customer development and production programs. 

Highlights 

Tight cost control and careful investment by Synerject management has resulted in improved profit after tax during this 
period.   

Synerject’s market and product expansion has enabled that company to achieve revenue growth consistently over the last 
5 years despite the severe contractions in the recreational market during and following the global financial crisis.  Whilst 
the  recreational  market  has  somewhat  improved,  it  is  still  being  influenced  by  the  current  financial  situation  in  the  key 
USA  and  European  markets,  highlighting  the  success  and  importance  of  Synerject’s  expanded/diversified  product 
strategy. 

Synerject generated US$6,346,000 positive cash flow and paid dividends to shareholders (Orbital share A$1,634,000).  At 
30 June 2014, Synerject held cash of US$8,611,000 (June 2013: US$7,138,000). 

Business Model 

Synerject continues to develop new products and new markets to expand on their product offering beyond their original 
markets of EMS for recreational marine product and scooters.  Synerject’s markets today include a range of EMS for top 
end  motorcycles,  ATV’s  (All  Terrain  Vehicles),  snowmobiles,  marine  outboard  engines  and  scooters  through  to  systems 
specifically  designed  for  small  engines  such  as  those  used  in  the  Lawn  and  Garden  market.    Synerject  is  expanding  its 
presence  in  India  and  other  countries  where  there  is  an  increasing  demand  for  EMS  in  the  low  end  motorcycle/scooters 
products which are a major part of these countries’ transport structure. 

Outlook 

The  outlook  for  Synerject  is  for  continued  growth  in  the  marine  and  recreational  segment  and  in  the  low-end  2  &  3 
wheeler and utility markets in future years. 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

1. 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW (CONTINUED) 

SEGMENT REVIEW (CONTINUED) 

CONSULTING SERVICES 

The Company’s 
diversification strategy 
continues to deliver a 
reduced reliance on 
consulting services while 
identifying opportunities 
for systems sales growth 

2014 KEY PERFORMANCE HIGHLIGHTS 

SIGNIFICANT CHANGES 

  ►  Broadening domestic customer base, 

  ► 

less reliance in international customers. 

Focused on domestic customers, 
particularly in fuel and additive 
testing. 

  ►  Continued revenues from the Heavy 
Duty Engine Testing facility. 

  ►  Restructuring to adjust cost 

base to reduced market. 

  ►  Customer programs in the field of 
advanced DI CNG injection. 

  ►  Refocus of resources 

development of new products. 

SALES $m 

  METRICS 

FUTURE OBJECTIVES 

2.90

Segment 
Revenue 

Segment  
Result 

2014 
$’000 

2013 
$’000 

  ►  Maintain core engine and EMS 

technical capability. 
  ►  Reduce but maintain Perth-

2,898 

2,057 

(176) 

(2,206) 

based development, testing and 
certification facilities. 

  ►  Continue consulting as the 
incubator for new product 
development focusing on high 
value customer projects. 

Summary of Segment 

Orbital Consulting Services (OCS) provides engineering consulting services  in engine design, development and supply of 
combustion  systems,  fuel  and  engine  management  systems,  along  with  engine  and  vehicle  testing  and  certification.  
Orbital provides fuel economy and emission solutions to a wide variety of engine and vehicle applications, from 150 tonne 
trucks through to small industrial engines. OCS also provides contract design and analysis for the local resources industry. 

Throughout  the  year,  Orbital’s  engineering  group  have  provided  research  and  development  support  across  the  Orbital 
group.  This  is  a  key  service  made  available  to  the  group,  ranging  from  technical  support  of  existing  products  and 
customers  through  to  analysis  and  design  of  potential  future  product  offerings.    At  30  June  2014,  the  OCS  order  book 
(inclusive of the Insitu-Boeing program) stood at approximately $3,033,000 (30 June 2013 $1,100,000).   

Highlights 

OCS revenue for the year was $2,898,000 up 41% compared to last year.  

During this reporting period  the OCS group redeployed key resources to the SUAS activities and on continuing research 
and development projects.  Tight cost control provided a significant improvement in the segment result for the year. 

Business Model 

The  business  model  for  the  OCS  group  is  based  around  the  provision  of  consulting  services  in  three  main  areas:  1) 
integration  of  Orbital  technology;  2)  advanced  engineering  aimed  at  design,  development  and  validation  of  new 
technology; and 3) the operation of engine and fuel testing and certification facilities. 

Outlook 

The  OCS  group  will  continue  its  transition  to  becoming  an  engineering  centre  supporting  the  rest  of  the  Orbital  group, 
whilst still providing a base level of advanced engineering and testing facilities to support the overhead of maintaining our 
world-class capabilities. 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

1. 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW (CONTINUED) 

SEGMENT REVIEW (CONTINUED) 

ROYALTIES AND LICENCES 

Volumes of high 
performance two-stroke 
outboard engines that 
utilise Orbital’s technology 
to improve power to 
weight ratio have 
continued to improve 

  2014 KEY PERFORMANCE HIGHLIGHTS 
  ► 
Large FlexDITM Outboard market 
expanded year on year. 

  ► 

SIGNIFICANT CHANGES 

Focus on key patent applications 
in CNG DI, Dual Fuel LNG and 
SUAS EMS. 

  ► 

Increased royalties from SUAS 
customers. 

  ► 

Targeted patent portfolio. 

SALES $m 

METRICS 

FUTURE OBJECTIVES 

1.12

Segment 
Revenue 

Segment  
Result 

2014 
$’000 

2013 
$’000 

  ►  Royalty revenues from new SUAS 

business expansion. 

1,124 

1,007 

636 

517 

  ► 

Expand SUAS EMS portfolio, 
especially in the area of heavy 
fuel. 

  ►  Key patent work to protect 
investment in Orbital’s new 
products and systems. 

Summary of Segment 

Orbital earns royalties from product using its FlexDITM systems and technology.  The royalty bearing products today are in 
the marine, scooter/motorcycle and SUAS markets. 

Total FlexDITM product volumes reduced compared to the same period last year, however larger horsepower engines that 
attract a higher royalty improved.  This, together with the addition of royalties from SUAS has resulted in a 4% increase 
in revenue for the year.  

Highlights 

The larger horsepower outboard engines have maintained their popularity and have actually achieved a fourth consecutive 
year of increased volumes.  Total marine volumes overall were slightly lower than last financial year. 

Business Model 

Orbital  has  maintained  a  portfolio  of  patents  to  protect  the  intellectual  property  invested  in  the  development  of  our 
FlexDITM technology. 

Orbital  has  licenced  a  number  of  Original  Equipment  Manufacturers  (OEM)  and  component  manufacturers  to  utilise 
Orbital’s  technology.    At  present  there  are  16  authorised  users;  3  of  which  are  currently  in  production  with  our 
technology. 

The business model for Orbital is transitioning away from an expectation that OEMs will pay large licence fees and ongoing 
royalties to gain access to our technology to a model were Orbital is the systems integrator and provider of products and 
systems that incorporate our technology and utilise our engineering expertise. 

Outlook 

Orbital will continue to receive royalties from its existing licenced two-stroke outboard engine manufacturers for a number 
of years still to come, however it must be noted that when production of the current models of two-stroke engines cease 
they are not likely to be replaced by new models incorporating our FlexDITM technology.  The two-stroke engine outboards 
remain popular today especially the light-weight portability of the small horsepower engines and the power/weight ratios 
in the performance engine category. 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

2. 

DIRECTORS 

The Directors of the Company at any time during or since the end of the financial year are: 

Dr Mervyn Thomas Jones, B.E(Hons), Ph.D, DipBusStuds, CEng (UK), FIChemE (UK), FAICD, MIoD (NZ) 

Chairman, Independent Non-Executive Director 

Joined the Board in March 2008, appointed Chairman 2 September 2013.  Dr Jones has more than 40 years experience as 
a  consulting  engineer  and  as  a  senior  executive.    He  has  specific  expertise  in  the  development  and  management  of 
organic business growth in the Asia Pacific region, as well as acquisition experience in both Australia and China.   

Dr Jones is also a member of the Company’s Audit Committee and the Company’s Human Resources, Remuneration and 
Nomination Committee. 

During the past three years, Dr Jones has also served as a director of Pacific Environment Limited (appointed 3 July 2009; 
resigned 2 July 2012). 

Mr Terry Dewayne Stinson, BBA (magna cum laude), FAICD 

Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer 

Joined  the  Board  and  appointed  Chief  Executive  Officer  in  June  2008.    Mr  Stinson  has  been  a  senior  executive  with 
Siemens,  Europe’s  largest  engineering  conglomerate,  with  direct  responsibility  for  sales  in  excess  of  US$300  million  per 
annum  in  their  Gasoline  Systems,  Fuel  Systems  and  Fuel  Components  operations  in  the  United  States,  Germany,  Italy, 
China and support in many others. Mr Stinson has also served as a representative Director for Siemens on the Synerject 
Board. 

Prior  to  that,  he  held  the  position  of  VP  Manufacturing  for  Outboard  Marine  Corporation,  a  privately  held  US$1  billion 
multinational  outboard  marine  propulsion  and  boat  company,  was  CEO  of  Synerject  LLC  and  held  various  executive 
positions with Mercury Marine in R&D, engineering, manufacturing and others. 

Mr  Stinson  was  appointed  a  Member  of  the  Australian  Industry  Innovation  Council  (AIIC)  in  2009,  is  a  member  of  the 
Sustainable  Energy  Association,  is  Chairman  of  Sprint  Gas  (Aust)  Pty  Ltd  and  a  Non-executive  Board  Member  of  Gas 
Energy Australia (GEA). 

Dr Vijoleta Braach-Maksvytis, BSc (Hons), Ph.D, FAICD  

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Joined the Board in March 2008.  Dr Braach-Maksvytis is an innovation strategist with more than 20 years experience in 
organisational  change,  formation  of  cross-sectoral  and  global  partnerships,  the  commercialisation  of  technology,  and 
intellectual  property  strategy.    Previous  roles  include  Head  of  the  Office  of  the  Chief  Scientist  of  Australia,  Science 
Executive  and  Director  Global  Development  for  CSIRO,  and  most  recently,  Deputy  Vice  Chancellor  Innovation  and 
Development at the University of Melbourne, and is currently an advisor in the area of social innovation. 

Dr  Braach-Maksvytis  pioneered  nanotechnology  in  Australia  and  holds  over  20  patents  in  the  field.  Dr  Braach-Maksvytis 
was a Member of the Australian Federal Government’s Green Car Innovation Fund Committee and on the advisory board 
of the Intellectual Property Research Institute of Australia, and is a member of a number of other public interest boards.   

Dr  Braach-Maksvytis  chairs  the  Company’s  Human  Resources,  Remuneration  and  Nomination  Committee  and  is  also  a 
member of the Company’s Audit Committee. 

During  the  past  three  years,  Dr  Braach-Maksvytis  has  also  served  as  a  director  of  AWE  Limited  (appointed  7  October 
2010; ongoing). 

Mr John Paul Welborn, B.Com, CA, MAICD, SA Fin 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Joined the Board in June 2014.  Mr Welborn is currently the Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer of Equatorial  
Resources Limited (ASX: EQX), an ASX listed iron ore exploration and development company with two 100% owned large 
scale iron ore projects in the Republic of Congo. 

Mr  Welborn  chairs  the  Company’s  Audit  Committee  and  is  also  a  member  of  the  Company’s  Human  Resources, 
Remuneration and Nomination Committee. 

Mr Welborn is a Chartered Accountant with a Bachelor of Commerce degree from the University of Western Australia and 
holds  memberships  of  the  Institute  of  Chartered  Accountants  in  Australia,  the  Financial  Services  Institute  of  Australasia 
and the Australian Institute of Company Directors. 

Mr  Welborn  is  a  former  International  Rugby  Union  Player  with  extensive  experience  in  the  resources  sector  as  a  senior 
executive  and  in  corporate  management,  finance  and  investment  banking.  He  was  the  Head  of  Specialised  Lending  in 
Western Australia for Investec Bank (Australia) Ltd and has more than 20 years of commercial experience in national 
and international professional services and management consulting firms.  

8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

Mr  Welborn  has  also  served  on  the  Boards  of  a  number  of  charitable  organisations,  and  is  a  former  Commissioner  of 
Tourism Western Australia. 

During the past three years Mr Welborn has also served as a director of Equatorial Resources Limited (appointed August 
2010;  ongoing),  Prairie  Mining  Limited  (appointed  February  2009;  ongoing)  and  Noble  Mineral  Resources  Limited 
(appointed March 2013; resigned December 2013). 

Mr William Peter Day, LLB (Hons), MBA, FCPA, FCA, FAICD (Resigned as Chairman 1 September 2013 and resigned as 
Director 28 February 2014) 

Chairman, Independent Non-Executive Director 

Joined  the  Board  and  appointed  Chairman  in  August  2007.    Mr  Day  retired  as  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  the  global 
packaging  group  Amcor  in  2007.    He  has  a  diversified  background  in  finance  and  general  management  in  mining, 
manufacturing, food and financial services industries.   

He  has  held  senior  executive  and  director  positions  with  Bonlac  Foods,  Rio  Tinto,  CRA  and  Comalco  including  Chief 
Financial  Officer  at  Commonwealth  Aluminum  Corporation  (USA)  and  Managing  Director,  CRA  Business  Services  in 
Australia.    He  is  a  former  Chairman  of  the  Australian  Accounting  Standards  Board,  and  was  Deputy  Chairman  of  the 
Australian Securities & Investments Commission.  

Mr  Day  was  a  member  of  the  Company’s  Audit  Committee  and  the  Company’s  Human  Resources,  Remuneration  and 
Nomination Committee. 

During the past three years, Mr Day has also served as a director of Ansell Limited (appointed 20 August 2007; ongoing), 
SAI  Global  Limited  (appointed  15  August  2008;  ongoing)  and  Federation  Centres  Limited  (appointed  01  October  2009; 
resigned 28 February 2014).  He is also involved in a number of public interest activities. 

3. 

DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS 

The  relevant  interest  of  each  Director  in  the  share  capital  of  the  Company  shown  in  the  Register  of  Directors’ 
Shareholdings as at the date of this report is as follows: - 

Director 

Ordinary Shares 

ELTSP Rights 

Performance Rights 

M T Jones 

T D Stinson 

V Braach-Maksvytis 

J P Welborn 

Total 

70,000 

392,690 

- 

- 

- 

- 

3,035,000 

1,150,000 

- 

- 

- 

- 

462,690 

3,035,000 

1,150,000 

4. 

DIRECTORS’ MEETINGS 

The  number  of  Directors’  meetings  (including  meetings  of  the  committees  of  Directors)  and  the  number  of  meetings 
attended by each of the Directors of the Company during the financial year are shown below. 

Directors’ Meetings 

Audit Committee    
Meetings 

Human Resources, 
Remuneration & 
Nomination Committee 
Meetings 

Director 

No. of 
meetings 
attended 

No. of 
meetings 
held* 

No. of 
meetings 
attended 

No. of 
meetings 
held* 

No. of 
meetings 
attended 

No. of 
meetings 
held* 

M T Jones 

T D Stinson 

V Braach-Maksvytis 

J P Welborn 

W P Day 

8 

8 

8 

1 

6 

8 

8 

8 

1 

6 

4 

- 

4 

1 

3 

4 

- 

4 

1 

3 

5 

- 

5 

1 

3 

5 

- 

5 

1 

3 

* Number of meetings held during the time the director held office during the year. 

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

5. 

COMPANY SECRETARY 

Mr Ian G Veitch, B.Bus, GradDipACG, ACA, ACIS, ACSA   

Mr  Veitch  joined  Orbital  in  2006  and  was  appointed  to  the  position  of  Company  Secretary  on  1  July  2009,  and 
subsequently appointed to the position of Chief Financial Officer on 11 February 2013.  He has over 18 years experience 
in  company  secretarial,  corporate  and  financial  accounting  roles.    Mr  Veitch  holds  a  Bachelor  of  Business  degree,  is  a 
Chartered Accountant and is also a Chartered Secretary.  Mr Veitch is a Member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants 
in  Australia,  a  Member  of  the  Institute  of  Chartered  Secretaries  and  Administrators,  and  an  Associate  of  Chartered 
Secretaries Australia.  

6. 

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES 

Orbital has designed, developed and also undertaken low volume production of an engine management system (EMS) for 
small unmanned aircraft systems (SUAS) utilising Orbital’s FlexDITM technology. 

Orbital  imports,  manufactures  and  assembles  an  automotive  LPG  fuel  system  for  Ford  Motor  Company  of  Australia’s 
EcoLPi range of Falcon passenger cars and utilities and also imports, assembles and distributes an extensive range of LPG 
systems for aftermarket LPG installers and mechanical workshops around Australia.  

Orbital  is  an  international  developer  of  innovative  technical  solutions  for  a  cleaner  world.    Orbital  provides  innovation, 
design,  product  development  and  operational  improvement  services  to  the  world’s  producers,  suppliers,  regulators  and 
end users of engines and engine management systems for applications in motorcycles, marine and recreational vehicles, 
automobiles, trucks, and most recently in SUAS’s. 

There were no significant changes in the nature of the activities of the Group during the year.  

7. 

CONSOLIDATED RESULT 

The consolidated profit after income tax for the year attributable to the members of Orbital was $1,676,000 
(2013:$364,000). 

8. 

DIVIDENDS 

No dividend has been paid or proposed in respect of the current financial year. 

9. 

STATE OF AFFAIRS 

There  were  no  other  significant  changes  in  the  state  of  affairs  of  the  Group  during  the  financial  year,  other  than  as 
reported elsewhere in the financial statements. 

10. 

EVENTS SUBSEQUENT TO BALANCE SHEET DATE 

On 27 June 2014, the Company announced that it was going to undertake an on-market share buy-back of up to 10% of 
its  issued  capital  in  accordance  with  the  Corporations  Act  and  Rules  of  the  Australian  Stock  Exchange.    The  buy-back 
commenced  on  15  July  2014  and  was  completed  on  20  July  2014.    During  this  period  the  Company  bought  back 
4,975,699 shares at a total consideration paid of $771,000.  On 24 July 2014 the 4,975,699 shares were cancelled. 

Other than the matters above, there has not arisen in the interval between the end of the financial year and the date of 
this  report  any  item,  transaction  or  event  of  a  material  and  unusual  nature  likely,  in  the  opinion  of  the  directors  of  the 
Company, to affect significantly the operations of the Group, the results of those operations, or the state of affairs of the 
Group, in future years. 

11. 

LIKELY DEVELOPMENTS AND EXPECTED RESULTS 

Information as to the likely developments in the operations of the Group is set out in the operating and financial review 
above.   

12. 

SHARE OPTIONS 

The Company has no unissued shares under option at the date of this report. 

13. 

INDEMNIFICATION  

Indemnification and insurance of officers 

To the extent permitted by law, the Company indemnifies every officer of the Company against any liability incurred by 
that person: 

(a) 
(b) 

in his or her capacity as an officer of the Company; and 
 to a person other than the Company or a related body corporate of the Company 

unless the liability arises out of conduct on the part of the officer which involves a lack of good faith. 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

13. 

INDEMNIFICATION (CONTINUED) 

During the year the Company paid a premium in respect of a contract insuring all Directors, Officers and employees of the 
Company  (and/or  any  subsidiary  companies  of  which  it  holds  greater  than  50%  of  the  voting  shares)  against  liabilities 
that may arise from their positions within the Company and its controlled entities, except where the liabilities arise out of 
conduct involving a lack of good faith.  The Directors have not included details of the nature of the liabilities covered or 
the  amount  of  the  premium  paid  in  respect  of  the  insurance  contract  as  disclosure  is  prohibited  under  the  terms  of  the 
contract.  

Indemnification of auditors 

To the extent permitted by law, the Company has agreed to indemnify its auditors, Ernst & Young, as part of the terms of 
its audit engagement agreement against claims by third parties arising from the audit (for an unspecified amount). No 
payment has been made to indemnify Ernst & Young during or since the financial year.  

14. 

NON-AUDIT SERVICES 

In  the  comparative  period,  Ernst  &  Young,  the  Company’s  auditor,  performed  certain  other  services  in  addition  to  their 
statutory duties. 

The  Board  considered  the  non-audit  services  provided  during  the  comparative  period  by  the  auditor  and  in  accordance 
with advice provided by resolution of the Audit Committee is satisfied that the provision of those non-audit services by the 
auditor  during  the  comparative  period  was  compatible  with,  and  did  not  compromise,  the  auditor  independence 
requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 for the following reasons: 

 

 

all  non-audit  services  were  subject  to  the  corporate  governance  procedures  adopted  by  the  Company  and  have 
been  reviewed  by  the  Audit  Committee  to  ensure  that  they  do  not  impact  the  integrity  and  objectivity  of  the 
auditor; 

the  non-audit  services  do  not  undermine  the  general  principles  relating  to  auditor  independence  as  set  out  in 
Professional  Statement  F1  Professional  Independence,  as  they  did  not  involve  reviewing  or  auditing  the  auditor’s 
own  work,  acting  in  a  management  or  decision  making  capacity  for  the  Company,  acting  as  an  advocate  for  the 
Company or jointly sharing risks and rewards. 

Details  of  the  amounts  paid  to  the  auditor  of  the  Company,  Ernst  &  Young,  and  its  related  practices  for  audit  and  non-
audit services provided during the year are shown in note 37 to the financial statements. 

15. 

ROUNDING OFF 

The Company is of a kind referred to in ASIC Class Order 98/100 dated 10 July 1998 and in accordance with that Class 
Order, amounts in the financial report and Directors’ Report have been rounded off to the nearest thousand dollars unless 
otherwise indicated. 

16. 

LEAD AUDITOR’S INDEPENDENCE DECLARATION UNDER SECTION 307C OF THE CORPORATIONS ACT 
2001 

The directors received the following declaration from the auditor of Orbital Corporation Limited. 

Auditor's  Independence  Declaration  to  the  Directors  of  Orbital  Corporation 
Limited  

In relation to our audit of the financial report of Orbital Corporation Limited  for the financial year ended 30 June 2014, to 
the best of my knowledge and belief, there have been no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements of the 
Corporations Act 2001 or any applicable code of professional conduct.  

Ernst & Young  

T G Dachs  
Partner  
Perth  

28 August 2014 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

17. 

REMUNERATION REPORT - AUDITED 

Principles of compensation 

This  Remuneration  Report  for  the  year  ended  30  June  2014  outlines  the  director  and  executive  remuneration 
arrangements of the Company and the Group in accordance with the requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 and its 
Regulations.  For  the  purposes  of  this  report  Key  Management  Personnel  (KMP)  are  defined  as  those  persons  having 
authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the major activities of the Group, directly or indirectly, 
including any director (whether executive or otherwise) of the parent company, and the senior executives of the Group. 

The remuneration report is presented under the following sections: 
17.1.  
17.2.  
17.3.  
17.4.  
17.5.  
17.6.  
17.7.  
17.8. 
17.9.  

Individual key management personnel disclosures 
Remuneration overview 
Remuneration governance 
Non-executive director remuneration arrangements 
Executive remuneration arrangements 
Company performance and the link to remuneration 
Executive contractual arrangements 
Directors and executive officers’ remuneration - company and group 
Equity instruments 

17.1. 

INDIVIDUAL KEY MANAGEMNT PERSONNEL DISCLOSURES 

Details of KMP of the Group are set out below. 

Key management personnel  

Position 

(i) Directors 
Mervyn T Jones 
Vijoleta Braach-Maksvytis  
John P Welborn  
Terry D Stinson  
W Peter Day 

(ii) Executives 
Geoff P Cathcart 
Ian G Veitch 

Chairman (Non-executive) 
(Non-executive) 
(Non-executive) (appointed 17 June 2014) 
Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer (Executive) 
Chairman (Non-executive) (ceased being a KMP 28 February 2014) 

Chief Technical Officer  
Chief Financial Officer  

17.2. 

REMUNERATION OVERVIEW 

Orbital’s  remuneration  strategy  is  designed  to  attract,  motivate  and  retain  employees  and  non-executive  directors  by 
identifying and rewarding high performers and recognising the contribution of each employee to the growth and success 
of the Group. 

Executive members of the KMP may receive a short-term incentive (STI) approved by the Board as reward for exceptional 
performance in a specific matter of importance.  STI amounts of $74,000 became payable during the 2014 financial year 
(2013: nil). 

Long-term  incentive  (LTI)  awards  consisting  of  shares  that  vest  based  on  attainment  of  pre-determined  performance 
goals  are  awarded  to  selected  executives.  For  the  2014  financial  year,  the  Company  used  earnings  per  share  as  the 
performance measure for the share awards. During the 2014 financial year, the performance hurdles for the 2011 grant of 
shares which were based on relative total shareholder return and earnings per share were not met and no shares vested. 

The remuneration of non-executive directors of the Company consists only of directors’ fees and committee fees. Director 
fees and committee fees were reviewed and adjusted during the 2014 financial year. 

Remuneration report at FY13 AGM 

The FY13 remuneration report received positive shareholder support at the FY13 AGM with a vote of 92% in favour. 

Remuneration strategy 

Orbital’s  remuneration  strategy  is  designed  to  attract,  motivate  and  retain  employees  and  non-executive  directors  by 
identifying and rewarding high performers and recognising the contribution of each employee to the continued growth and 
success of the Group. 

To this end, key objectives of the Company’s reward framework are to ensure that remuneration practices: 
  Are aligned to the Group’s business strategy; 
  Offer competitive remuneration benchmarked against the external market; 
  Provide strong linkage between individual and Group performance and rewards; and 
  Align the interests of executives with shareholders through measuring total shareholder return (TSR) and earnings per 

share (EPS). 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

17.2. 

REMUNERATION OVERVIEW (CONTINUED) 

Key changes to remuneration structure in 2014 

The key changes made to remuneration structure in 2014 related to the replacement of the Medium Term Incentive (MTI) 
Plan with a new Short Term Incentive (STI) Plan. The key features of the STI plan are summarised in the table below. 

Table 1 – STI Performance hurdles (and weighting %) 

KPI 

EBIT 

Free Cash Flow 

Non-organic growth of EBIT 

Board Discretion 

Proportion of STI award 
KPI applies to 

Minimum KPI 

Stretch KPI 

40% 

30% 

20% 

10% 

$’000 

1,622 

404 

1,000 

TBD 

$’000 

2,433 

1,404 

2,000 

TBD 

17.3. 

REMUNERATION GOVERNANCE 

Human Resources, Remuneration and Nomination Committee 

The Human Resources, Remuneration and Nomination Committee reviews and makes recommendations to the Board on 
remuneration packages and policies applicable to directors, company secretary and senior executives of the Company.   

Data  is  obtained  from  independent  surveys  to  ensure  that  compensation  throughout  the  Group  is  set  at  market  rates 
having  regard  to  experience  and  performance.  In  this  regard,  formal  performance  appraisals  are  conducted  at  least 
annually  for  all  employees.  Compensation  packages  may  include  a  mix  of  fixed  compensation,  performance-based 
compensation and equity-based compensation. 

The  Human  Resources,  Remuneration  and  Nomination  Committee  comprises  three  independent  non-executive  directors. 
Further information on the committee’s role, responsibilities and membership can be seen at www.orbitalcorp.com.au. 

Remuneration approval process 

The Board approves the remuneration arrangements of the CEO and executives and all awards made under the long-term 
incentive (LTI) plan, following recommendations from  the Human  Resources,  Remuneration and  Nomination Committee. 
The Board also sets the aggregate remuneration of non-executive directors which is then subject to shareholder approval. 

The Human Resources, Remuneration and Nomination Committee approves, having regard to the recommendations made 
by the CEO, the short-term incentive (STI) bonus plan and any discretionary bonus payments. 

Remuneration structure 

In  accordance  with  best  practice  corporate  governance,  the  structure  of  non-executive  directors  and  executive 
remuneration is separate and distinct. 

Services from remuneration consultants 

From  1  July  2011,  all  proposed  remuneration  consultancy  contracts  (within  the  meaning  of  section  206K  of  the 
Corporations  Act  2001)  are  subject  to  prior  approval  by  the  Board  or  the  Human  Resources,  Remuneration  and 
Nomination Committee in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001. 

Did a remuneration consultant provide a 
remuneration recommendation in relation to any of 
the KMP for the financial year? 

No remuneration recommendation was provided by a 
remuneration consultant for the financial year. 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

17.4. 

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR REMUNERATION ARRANGEMENTS 

Objective 

The Board seeks to set aggregate remuneration at a level that provides the Company with the ability to attract and retain 
directors of the highest calibre, whilst incurring a cost that is acceptable to shareholders. 

Structure 

The amount of aggregate remuneration sought to be approved by shareholders and the fee structure is reviewed against 
fees  paid  to  non-executive  directors  of  comparable  companies.  The  Board  considers  advice  from  external  consultants 
when undertaking the review process. 

The  Company’s  constitution  and  the  ASX  listing  rules  specify  that  the  non-executive  directors’  fee  pool  shall  be 
determined  from  time  to  time  by  a  general  meeting.  The  latest  determination  was  at  the  2001  annual  general  meeting 
(AGM) held on 25 October 2001 when shareholders approved an aggregate fee pool of $400,000 per year. 

The Board will not seek any increase for the non-executive director pool at the 2014 AGM. 

On appointment to the Board, all non-executive Directors enter into a service agreement with the Company in the form of 
a letter of appointment which details remuneration arrangements. 

Fees 

Non-executive directors do not receive retirement benefits, nor do they participate in any incentive programs. 

The  Chairman  of  the  Board  receives  a  fee  of  $102,500  (effective  1  September  2013)  (2013:$88,000).    Each  non-
executive director receives a base fee of $72,000 (effective 1 September 2013) (2013: $69,200) for being a director of 
the Group. 

The  remuneration  of  non-executive  directors  for  the  year  ended  30  June  2014  and  30  June  2013  is  detailed  in  Section 
17.8 of this report. 

Are the non-executive directors 
paid any incentive or equity 
based payments or 
termination/retirement 
benefits? 

If non-executive directors are 
paid additional fees, how are 
these additional fees calculated? 

Are non-executive Directors’ 
fees going to increase in 
FY2015? 

No.  The  non-executive  Directors  are  not  paid  any  short  term  incentives,  long  term 
incentives, equity based remuneration or termination/retirement benefits 

From time to time, non-executive Directors may be requested to provide additional non-
executive  director  related  services.    This  could  include  sitting  on  a  due  diligence 
committee or undertaking a special project for the Group.  During the year, no additional 
fees were paid to any of the non-executive Directors. 

The Board has decided not to increase the directors’ fees.  

17.5. 

EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION ARRANGEMENTS  

Objective 

The  Group  aims  to  reward  executives  with  a  level  and  mix  of  remuneration  commensurate  with  their  position  and 
responsibilities within the Group and aligned with market practice.  The Group undertakes an annual remuneration review 
to determine the total remuneration positioning against the market. 

Structure 

The CEO’s target remuneration mix for FY2014 comprised 48% fixed remuneration, 28% target STI opportunity and 24% 
LTI opportunity. The LTI value is the total accounting expense associated with the grant made during the financial year. 
Key  Management  Personnel’s  target  remuneration  mix  for  FY2014  was  54%  fixed  remuneration,  24%  target  STI 
opportunity and 22% LTI opportunity. 

In the 2014 financial year, the executive remuneration framework consisted of the following components: 
►  
►  

Fixed remuneration 
Variable remuneration (STI and LTI) 

14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

17.5. 

EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION ARRANGEMENTS (CONTINUED) 

The table below illustrates the structure of Orbital’s executive remuneration arrangements: 

Table 2 – Structure of remuneration arrangements 

Remuneration 
component 

Vehicle 

Purpose 

Link to company performance 

Set with reference to role, 
market and experience. 

  No direct link to company 

performance. 

Fixed compensation 

 

 

 

 

Represented by 
total fixed 
remuneration 
(TFR). 

Comprises base 
salary, 
Superannuation 
contributions and 
other benefits. 

STI component 

 

Paid in cash 

 

(discretionary) 

Executives are given the 
opportunity to receive their 
fixed remuneration in a variety 
of forms including cash and 
fringe benefits such as motor 
vehicles. It is intended that the 
manner of payment chosen will 
be optimal for the recipient 
without creating undue cost for 
the Group. 

Rewards executives for their 
contribution to achievement of 
Group outcomes. 

STI component 

 

Paid in cash. 

 

(KPI related) 

Rewards executives for their 
contribution to achievement of 
Group outcomes. 

LTI component 

 

Awards are made 
in the form of 
shares or 
performance 
rights. 

 

Rewards executives for their 
contribution to the creation of 
shareholder value over the 
longer term. 

Fixed compensation 

  Discretionary award by the 

Board to reward executives for 
exceptional performance in a 
specific area of importance.  

  EBIT. 

  Free Cash Flow. 

  Non-organic growth of EBIT 

  Board Discretion. 

  Vesting of awards is dependent 
on Orbital Corporation Limited’s 
TSR performance relative to a 
peer group and its Earnings Per 
Share. 

Fixed compensation consists of base compensation (which is calculated on a total cost basis and includes any FBT charges 
related to employee benefits including motor vehicles), as well as employer contributions to superannuation funds. 

Executive  contracts  of  employment  do  not  include  any  guaranteed  base  pay  increases.  TFR  is  reviewed  annually  by  the 
Human Resources, Remuneration and Nomination committee. The process consists of a review of company, business unit 
and individual performance, relevant comparative remuneration internally and externally and, where appropriate, external 
advice independent of management. 

The fixed component of executives’ remuneration is detailed in Section 17.8. 

Variable remuneration — short-term incentive (STI) (discretionary) 

The table below contains a summary of the key features of the STI plan. 

What is the STI? 

Executive  directors  and  senior  executives  may 
from  time-to-time  receive  a 
discretionary  cash  bonus  approved  by  the  Board  as  a  retrospective  reward  for 
exceptional performance in a specific matter of importance. 

When is the STI grant paid? 

There are no pre-determined timeframes at which assessments for STI rewards are to 
be undertaken. 

How does the Company’s STI 
structure support achievement 
of the Company’s strategy? 

The  STI  rewards  executives  for  their  contribution  to  the  achievement  of  Group 
outcomes  in  areas  of  significant  importance  not  addressed  by  the  pre-determined 
performance criteria of the STI (KPI related) and LTI. 

How are the performance 
conditions of the STI 
determined? 

What are the maximum 
possible values of award under 
the STI plan? 

The  Board has no pre-determined  performance criteria against  which the amount of  a 
STI is assessed. 

There  are  no  pre-determined  maximum  possible  values  of  award  under  the  STI 
scheme.    In  assessing  the  value  of  an  STI  award  to  be  granted  the  Board  will  give 
consideration  to  the  contribution  of  the  action  being  rewarded  to  the  success  of  the 
Group. 

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

17.5. 

EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION ARRANGEMENTS (CONTINUED) 

Variable remuneration — short-term incentive (STI) (discretionary) (Continued) 

What was the value of STI paid 
in the financial year? 

Discretionary  STI  cash  bonuses  totalling  $74,000  were  awarded  during  the  2014 
financial year and no bonuses were paid during the 2013 financial year.   

Is a portion of STI deferred? 

No  discretionary  STI  cash  bonuses  relating  to  the  2014  or  2013  financial  years  will 
become payable in future financial years. 

Variable remuneration — short-term incentive (STI) (KPI related) 

The STI plan was established to incentivise executives to achieve stretch key performance indicators (KPI’s). The STI plan 
is a time based plan.   

The table below contains a summary of the key features of the STI plan. 

What is the STI? 

When is the STI grant paid? 

Executive  directors  and  senior  executives  may  receive  STI  bonuses  based  on  the 
achievement  of  key  performance  indicators  (“KPI’s”)  related  to  the  performance  of  the 
Group over the short term (one financial year). 

The  annual  STI  payments  for  executives  are  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Human 
Resources, Remuneration and Nomination Committee, after consideration of performance 
against  KPIs.  This  process  usually  occurs  within  three  months  after  the  reporting  date. 
Payments are made as a cash bonus in the following reporting period. 

Abnormal  one-off  items  influencing  the  KPIs  may  be  excluded  at  the  discretion  of  the 
Human  Resources,  Remuneration  and  Nomination  Committee.  No  bonus  will  be  paid 
unless the Board is satisfied that Orbital has sufficient cash reserves. 

How are the performance 
conditions of the STI 
determined? 

The  three  KPI’s  chosen  by  the  Human  Resource,  Remuneration  and  Nomination 
Committee in July 2013  relate to 1) EBIT, 2) Free Cash Flow, and 3) Non-organic growth 
of  EBIT.  The  Committee  also  included  a  provision  for  an  award  of  up  to  10%  of  the 
potential STI on a discretionary basis. 

How does the Company’s STI 
structure support achievement 
of the Company’s strategy? 

These  three  measures  were  chosen  as  they  directly  align  the  individual’s  reward  to  the 
Group’s strategy and performance.  The objective of the Group is to grow the business in 
a profitable and cash flow positive manner. 

What are the performance 
conditions under the STI for 
KMP in 2014? 

The STI performance hurdles (and weighting %) for 2014 were: 

KPI 

EBIT 

Free Cash Flow 

Non-organic growth of EBIT 

Board Discretion 

Proportion of 
STI award KPI 
applies to 

Minimum KPI 

Stretch KPI 

$’000 

$’000 

40% 

30% 

20% 

10% 

1,622 

404 

1,000 

TBD 

2,433 

1,404 

2,000 

TBD 

How are actual results 
measured against the 
performance hurdles? 

For  each  performance  hurdle  there  are  two  targets  ‘Base’  and  ‘Stretch’.    ‘Base’  is  the 
minimum  target  to  trigger  a  STI  payment  for  that  hurdle.    The  amounts  paid  for  each 
hurdle  varies  between  2.3%-12%  of  TFR  for  ‘Base’  and  4.5%-24%  of  TFR  for  ‘Stretch’.  
Where achievement is below ‘Base’ no payment is made. 

What are the ranges of possible 
values of award under the STI 
plan? 

Name 

Terry Stinson 

Geoff Cathcart 

Ian Veitch 

Position 

Amount 

(Min – Max) 

Chief Executive Officer 

0 - $227,136 

Chief Technical Officer 

0 - $117,806 

Chief Financial Officer 

0 - $102,232 

The  maximum  bonus  is  only  payable  if  the  stretch  targets  on  all  three  of  the  KPI’s  are 
achieved  and  the  Board  Discretion  element  is  paid  in  full.    No  bonus  is  awarded  where 
performance falls below minimum thresholds. 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

17.5. 

EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION ARRANGEMENTS (CONTINUED) 

Variable remuneration — short-term incentive (STI) (KPI related) (Continued) 

What was the value of STI paid 
in the financial year? 

Is a portion of STI deferred? 

The Human Resources, Remuneration and Nomination Committee has considered the KPI 
related bonus for the 2014 financial year. The STI (KPI related) cash bonus available for 
the  2014  financial  year  is  $nil.    This  amount  has  been  determined  on  the  basis  that  1) 
the  EBIT  for  FY14  was  below  $1,622,000,  2)  the  free  cash  flow  for  FY14  was  below 
$404,000, and 3) the non-organic growth of EBIT was below $1,000,000. 

No. At this stage, the Board does not consider it appropriate to defer a portion of the STI 
(KPI  related).    This  is  because  the  performance  criteria  are  objective  (EBIT,  free  cash 
flow,  and  non-organic  growth  in  EBIT)  and  obtained  from  the  audited  results  of  the 
Group. 

Variable remuneration — long-term incentive (LTI)  

LTI awards are made annually to executives in order to align remuneration with the creation of shareholder value over the 
long-term.  As  such,  LTI  awards  are  only  made  to  executives  and  other  key  talent  who  have  an  impact  on  the  Group's 
performance against the relevant long-term performance measure. 

Employee Share Plan No.1 

Senior executives (together with all other eligible employees) are each offered shares in the Company, at no cost to the 
employees,  to  the  value  of  $1,000  per  annum  under  the  terms  of  the  Company’s  Employee  Share  Plan.    There  are  no 
performance  conditions,  because  the  plan  is  designed  to  align  the  interests  of  participating  employees  with  those  of 
shareholders.  Directors do not participate in Employee Share Plan No.1. 

Executive Long Term Share Plan 

The table below contains a summary of the key features of the Executive Long Term Share plan (ELTSP). 

What is the ELTSP? 

The ELTSP is a performance based share plan under which offered shares will vest for no 
consideration  subject  to  the  satisfaction  of  performance  conditions  over  a  3  year  period 
or subject to Board discretion for other qualifying reasons. 

How does the ELTSP align the 
interests of shareholders and 
executives? 

The  ELTSP  links  rewards  for  the  executive  KMP  to  the  Company’s  strategy  to  grow 
shareholder value by increasing the Group’s earnings per  share.  Vesting of shares only 
occurs  if  Orbital  generates  earnings  per  share  of  at  least  1.28  cents  per  share.    The 
higher the earnings per share result the higher the number of shares that will vest. 

How does the ELTSP support 
the retention of executives? 

What are the principal terms of 
the issue made under the LTI in 
2014? 

An  objective  of  offering  shares  under  the  ELTSP  is  to  promote  retention.    At  any  one 
time,  an  executive  KMP  will  have  unvested  rights.  If  an  executive  resigns  they  would 
forfeit the benefits of those unvested rewards.  This provides a valuable incentive to stay 
with the Company so long as the shares are seen by the executive KMP as likely to vest 
at the end of the performance period. 

  Grant date: 31 August 2013 (Managing Director grant date: 23 October 2013 being 
the  date  of  the  AGM  at  which  his  participation  in  the  plan  was  approved  by 
shareholders). 
Life: 3 years. 
Expiry date: 31 August 2016. 
Exercise Price: nil. 
Fair value per right: 19.5 cents (Managing Director: 17 cents). 

 
 
 
 
  Market price of shares on grant date: 19.5 cents (Managing Director: 17 cents). 
  Measure of performance is earnings per share for the year ended 30 June 2016. See 

 

Table 3 for the vesting schedule. 
Vested shares are held in trust by the trustee for a period of ten years, or until the 
cessation of employment. 

What are the performance 
conditions for the vesting of 
ELTSP shares? 

The  performance  conditions,  which  are  based  100%  on  Earnings  Per  Share  (EPS) 
(performance  years  2014  and  2013),  apply  to  determine  the  number  of  shares  (if  any) 
that vest to the Executives. 

How is the market price of the 
ELTSP determined? 

See tables 3, 4 and 5, below for the vesting schedules for EPS tested and TSR tested LTI 
awards granted in prior years. 

The fair value of the EPS related rights is equal to the market price of shares on the grant 
date.  The fair value of the TSR related rights is calculated at the date of grant through 
utilisation  of  the  assumptions  underlying  the  Black-Scholes  methodology  to  produce  a 
Monte-Carlo  simulation  model  and  is  allocated  to  each  reporting  period  evenly  over  the 
period from grant date to vesting date. 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

17.5. 

EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION ARRANGEMENTS (CONTINUED) 

Variable remuneration — long-term incentive (LTI) (continued) 

In what circumstances would 
the LTI entitlements be 
forfeited? 

Where a participant ceases employment prior to the vesting of their award, the unvested 
shares  are  forfeited  unless  the  Board  applies  its  discretion  to  allow  vesting  at  or  post 
cessation of employment in appropriate circumstances. 

What happens to LTI 
entitlements upon a change of 
control in the Group? 

In  the  event  of  a  change  of  control  of  the  Group,  the  performance  period  end  date  will 
generally  be  brought  forward  to  the  date  of  the  change  of  control  and  awards  will  vest 
subject to performance over this shortened period, subject to ultimate Board discretion. 

Do shares granted under the 
LTI dilute existing shareholders’ 
equity? 

The  issue  of  shares  can  have  a  small  dilutionary  impact  upon  other  shareholders. 
However,  the  number  of  shares  issued  under  the  ELTSP  in  the  five  years  preceding  the 
offer must not exceed 5% of the total shares on issue at the time an offer to a participant 
is made. 

Are the shares issued under the 
LTI bought on market? 

No.  the  company  issues  new  shares  for  the  ELTSP,  it  does  not  buy  the  shares  on  the 
market.   

Does the executive obtain the 
benefit of dividends paid on 
shares issued under the LTI? 

KMP  are  entitled  to  any  dividends  paid  on  vested  shares  subject  to  the  ten  year 
restriction  on  trading.  Unvested  rights  do  not  participate  in  dividend  payments  or  any 
other distributions to shareholders. 

What other rights does the 
holder of vested LTI shares 
have? 

Subject  to  the  conditions  and  restrictions  attaching  to  the  shares,  the  holder  of  the 
shares has the same rights as any other holder of shares.  This includes voting rights, a 
right to dividends, bonus shares and capital distributions. 

Does the Company have 
executive share ownership 
guidelines? 

Can executive KMP hedge to 
ensure that they obtain a 
benefit from unvested LTI’s? 

How many LTI awards vested in 
the financial year? 

The  Company  does  not  have  a  formal  policy  requiring  executives  to  own  shares.  
However  a  significant  component  of  each  executive’s  remuneration  consists  of  grants 
under  an  employee  share  plan.    Hence,  at  any  given  time,  after  an  executive  has  been 
with the Company for more than three years, the executive typically has three unvested 
equity grants which are subject to performance conditions.  As at the date of this report, 
all executives who have been with the company for longer than three years have shares 
in the Company which have fully vested or been acquired on market. 

No.  All executive KMP have been advised that under section 206J of the Corporations Act 
it is an offence for them to hedge unvested grants made under the ELTSP. 

None. TSR Performance targets under the LTI offered in FY2011 were not met in FY2014 
and  the  EPS  for  the  financial  year  was  less  than  15  cents  per  share  and  as  a  result  nil 
(2013: nil) shares were issued to KMPs. 

Is a portion of LTI deferred? 

Granted  ELTSP  shares  are  subject  to  a  three  year  performance  period.    Vested  ELSTP 
shares are subject to restrictions on trading for a period of ten years. 

The  following  table  sets  out  the  relevant  percentages  of  shares  offered  which  will  vest  based  on  various  percentile 
rankings of the Company for the performance year 2014: 

Table 3 – Vesting schedule for the EPS tested LTI awarded for the performance year 2014 

Company Performance 
(Earnings per share) 

Compounded EPS growth of less than 20% per annum 
(up to 73% growth over 3 years) 

Compounded EPS growth of between 20% and 34.9% per annum 
(at least 73% growth over 3 years) 

Compounded EPS growth of between 35% and 49.9% per annum 
(at least 246% growth over 3 years) 

Compounded EPS growth of 50% or greater per annum 
(at least 338% growth over 3 years) 

% of offered shares 
issued to each executive 

0% 

25% to 49% (on a straight line basis) 

50% to 99% (on a straight line basis) 

100% 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

17.5. 

EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION ARRANGEMENTS (CONTINUED) 

Variable remuneration — long-term incentive (LTI) (continued) 

The  following  table  sets  out  the  relevant  percentages  of  shares  offered  which  will  vest  based  on  various  percentile 
rankings of the Company for the performance year 2013: 

Table 4 – Vesting schedule for the EPS tested LTI awarded for the performance year 2013 

Company Performance 
(Earnings per share) 

Under 5 cents 

At or above 5 cents but below 7 cents 

At or above 7 cents but below 9 cents 

At or above 9 cents 

% of offered shares 
issued to each executive 

0% 

25% to 50% (on a straight line basis) 

50% to 100% (on a straight line basis) 

100% 

TSR is the percentage increase in a company’s share price plus reinvested dividends over a given period and reflects the 
increase  in  value  delivered  to  shareholders  over  that  period.  The  peer  group  to  which  the  Company’s  TSR  will  be 
compared  will  comprise  the  50  smallest  companies,  other  than  resource  companies  and  property  and  investment  trust 
companies, within the S&P / ASX 300 Index. These companies have a similar market capitalisation to the Company.  

The  Company’s  TSR  ranking  at  the  end  of  the  Performance  Period,  when  compared  to  the  TSR  of  the  peer  group  will 
determine the percentage of shares originally offered which will vest to the Executive.  

The  following  table  sets  out  the  relevant  percentages  of  shares  offered  which  will  vest  based  on  various  percentile 
rankings of the Company: 

Table 5 – Vesting schedule for the TSR tested LTI awarded for the performance year 2011 and 2012 

Company Performance 
(TSR Ranking) 

Up to the 50th percentile 

% of offered shares 
issued to each executive 

0% 

At or above the 50th percentile but below the 75th percentile 

50% to 99% (on a straight line basis) 

At or above the 75th percentile but below the 90th percentile 

At or above the 90th percentile 

100% 

125% 

No  shares  will  vest  under  the  FY2012,  FY2013  and  FY  2014  offer  unless  the  Company’s  TSR  is  at  or  above  the  50th 
percentile or the EPS for the years ending 30 June 2014, 30 June 2015 and 30 June 2016 is at or above 15, 5 and 1.28 
cents per share, respectively.   

TSR Performance targets under the LTI offered in FY2011 were not met in FY2014 and as a result nil (2013: nil) shares 
were issued to KMPs. 

At  the  Company’s  Annual  General  Meeting  in  October  2013,  shareholders  approved  the  terms  and  conditions  of  the 
Executive Long Term Share Plan and also approved the issue of shares to the Managing Directors under that plan.  

Performance Rights Plan  

The Company  also  introduced a Performance  Rights Plan in 2009 as part of the employment contact of Mr T D Stinson.  
The  Performance  Rights  Plan  was  approved  by  shareholders  in  October  2008.    The  Board  has  no  present  intention  to 
utilise the Performance Rights Plan for any other senior executives. 

Under the Performance Rights Plan, performance rights will only be issued if the terms and conditions detailed below are 
satisfied. 

A  performance  right  is  a  right  to  acquire  one  fully  paid  ordinary  share  in  the  Company.    Until  they  are  exercised, 
performance rights: 
(a)  do not give the holder a legal or beneficial interest in shares of the Company; and 
(b)  do not enable participating executives to receive dividends, rights on winding up, voting rights or other shareholder 

benefits. 

Performance rights issued under the Performance Rights Plan will be exercisable if: 
(a)  a performance hurdle is met over the periods specified by the Board; or 
(b)  the Board allows early exercise on cessation of employment; or 
it is determined by the Board in light of specific circumstances. 
(c) 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

17.5. 

EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION ARRANGEMENTS (CONTINUED) 

Variable remuneration — long-term incentive (LTI) (continued) 

Performance Rights Plan (continued)  

The terms and conditions of the offer of Performance Rights made during the year ended 30 June 2009 are as follows: 

(a)  Mr T D Stinson will be awarded 1,150,000 performance rights; 

(b) 

the grant of performance rights will be in seven tranches, each tranche with a different specified share price target 
as set out below: 

Table 6 – Vesting schedule for the performance rights plan 

Tranche 

Number of performance 
rights 

Share price target 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

200,000 

200,000 

200,000 

200,000 

125,000 

125,000 

100,000 

$2.50 

$5.00 

$7.50 

$10.00 

$20.00 

$30.00 

$50.00 

The target share prices were chosen as they directly align the director’s reward with group strategy. 

(c) 

the acquisition price and exercise price of the performance rights will be nil. 

(d)  Mr T D Stinson will only be permitted to exercise a performance right if: 

 

 

the Company attains the specified share price target (see table above) within eight years from the date of 
grant of the performance right; and 

the  specified  share  price  target  is  also  achieved  at  the  end  of  two  years  from  the  date  the  target  is  first 
achieved (“Vesting Date”) based on the Company’s average closing share price over a 90 day period up to 
and including the Vesting Date; 

(e) 

If  the  specified  share  price  target  is  either  not  achieved  within  eight  years  from  the  date  of  grant,  or  if  so 
achieved, not also achieved at the end of the Vesting Date, the performance right will lapse. 

No performance rights were granted during the year ended 30 June 2014. 

LTI awards for 2014 financial year 

Shares  were  granted  under  the  Employee  Share  Plan  No.1  to  a  number  of  executives  on  5  February  2014.    No  Shares 
were granted under the Executive Long Term Share Plan or the Performance Rights Plan during the 2014 financial year. 

Details in respect of the award are provided in Section 17.9. 

17.6. 

COMPANY PERFORMANCE AND THE LINK TO REMUNERATION 

Performance  linked  compensation  includes  both  short-term  and  long-term  incentives  and  is  designed  to  reward  key 
management  personnel  for  meeting  or  exceeding  their  financial  and  personal  objectives.    The  STI  is  an  “at  risk”  bonus 
provided in the form of cash, while the LTI is provided as ordinary shares of Orbital Corporation Limited under the rules of 
the various Share Plans. 

In  considering  the  Group’s  performance  and  benefits  for  shareholders  wealth  the  Human  Resources,  Remuneration  and 
Nomination  Committee  has  regard  to  the  following indices  in respect of the  current financial year and the previous four 
financial years. 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

17.6. 

COMPANY PERFORMANCE AND THE LINK TO REMUNERATION (CONTINUED) 

Company performance and its link to medium-term incentives 

EBIT, Free Cash Flow and Non-organic growth of EBIT are considered in setting the STI as they are considered important 
short term performance targets.  

Company performance for the current year, the last 4 years and KPI targets are as follows: 

Table 7 – Orbital five year performance linked to short-term incentives 

2010 

2011 

2012 

2013 

2014  Minimum 

Stretch KPI 

KPI 

$’000 

$’000 

$’000 

$’000 

$’000 

$’000 

$’000 

EBIT 

4,641 

2,043 

(2,808) 

2,570 

1,554 

1,622 

Free Cash Flow 

(3,350) 

1,685 

(768) 

5,967 

(1,054) 

404 

Non-organic growth in EBIT 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

1,000 

2,433 

1,404 

2,000 

Company performance and its link to long-term incentives 

The performance measure which drives LTI vesting is the Company’s TSR performance relative to the companies within its 
peer  group  and  earnings  per  share  (EPS).  The  table  below  show  the  performance  of  the  Group  as  measured  by  the 
Group's total shareholder return (TSR) to the median of the TSR for peer group and also the Group’s earnings per share 
for the past five years (including the current period) to 30 June 2014.  The earnings per share values in the table below 
have been adjusted to reflect the share consolidation undertaken in October 2010. 

Company performance for the current year and last 4 years is as follows: 

Table 8 – Orbital five year performance linked to long-term incentives 

2010 

2011 

2012 

2013 

2014 

2014 

2015 

  Minimum  Minimum 

TSR ranking (percentile) 

Earnings per share (cents) 

56th 

9.39 

Closing share price ($) 

0.25** 

* 

3.65 

0.25 

* 

(6.28) 

0.22 

18th 

0.74 

0.15 

* 

3.39 

0.16 

50th 

15.00 

- 

50th 

9.00 

- 

* The Company did not measure its TSR ranking in 2011, 2012, or 2014 as the Board determined that Orbital’s TSR would 

be below the median TSR of the peer group. 

** Share prices were adjusted for 10:1 share consolidation that occurred in October 2010.   

As  a  result  of  the  Company’s  performance  over  the  last  five  years,  LTIs  offered  during  2007  were  partially  vested  in 
financial year 2010.  The performance target for the LTIs offered in 2008, 2009, 2010 and 2011 were not met during the 
financial years 2011, 2012, 2013 and 2014 and as such no shares vested. 

17.7. 

EXECUTIVE CONTRACTUAL ARRANGEMENTS 

Remuneration arrangements for KMP are formalised in employment agreements. Details of these contracts are provided 
below. 

The CEO, Mr. Stinson, is employed under a rolling contract. 

Under the terms of the present contract as disclosed to the ASX on 14 September 2007: 
►  
►  

The CEO receives fixed remuneration of $378,000 per annum 
The CEO’s target MTI opportunity per annum is 20% of annual Total Employment Costs (TEC) and his maximum  

STI opportunity per annum is 60% of TEC 
►  
subject to receiving any required or appropriate shareholder approval 

The  CEO  is  eligible  to  participate  in  Orbital  Corporation  Limited’s  LTI  plan  on  terms  determined  by  the  Board, 

The CEO’s termination provisions are as follows: 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

17.7. 

EXECUTIVE CONTRACTUAL ARRANGEMENTS (CONTINUED) 

Table 9 – Summary of contractual provisions for the CEO 

Notice 
Period 

Payment 
in lieu of 
notice 

Treatment of 
MTI on 
termination 

Treatment of LTI 
on termination 

Termination payments 

Employer initiated 
termination 

12 months 

12 months 

Pro-rated for 
time and 
performance 

Board discretion 

None 

Termination for 
serious misconduct 

Employee-initiated 
termination 

None 

None 

Unvested 
awards forfeited 

Unvested awards 
forfeited 

3 months 

3 months 

Unvested 
awards forfeited 

Unvested awards 
forfeited subject to 
Board discretion 

None 

None 

Other KMP 

All other KMP have rolling contracts. 

Standard KMP termination provisions are as follows: 

Table 10 – Summary of KMP termination provisions 

Notice 
Period 

Payment 
in lieu of 
notice 

Treatment of 
MTI on 
termination 

Treatment of LTI 
on termination 

Termination payments 

Employer initiated 
termination 

3 months 

3 months 

Pro-rated for 
time and 
performance 

Board discretion 

4 weeks pay, plus 2 weeks 
pay for each completed year 
of service, plus for each 
completed year of service 
beyond 10, an additional 1/2 
weeks pay, plus a pro-rata 
payment for each completed 
month of service in the final 
year.  The maximum 
entitlement to termination pay 
is limited to 65 weeks pay. 

Termination for 
serious misconduct 

Employee-initiated 
termination 

None 

None 

Unvested 
awards forfeited 

Unvested awards 
forfeited 

3 months 

3 months 

Unvested 
awards forfeited 

Unvested awards 
forfeited subject to 
Board discretion 

None 

None 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

17.8. 

DIRECTORS’ AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS’ REMUNERATION – COMPANY AND GROUP 

Details of the nature and amount of each major element of remuneration of the Company and the Group’s Key Management Personnel are: 

Table 11 – Compensation of KMP for the years ended 30 June 2014 and 2013 

Short Term 

Year 

Salary and  

Director’ 
Fees 

$ 

Cash 
Bonuses 

$ 

Total 

$ 

Post 
Employment 

Long-term 
Benefits* 

Employer 

Superannuation 
Contributions 

$ 

Long 

Service 
Leave 

$ (d) 

Share Based Payments 

Total 

Employee 

Share Plans 

Performance 
Rights Plan 

Proportion of 
remuneration 
performance 
related 

$ (a)(b) 

$ (c) 

$ 

% 

Non-executive Directors 

Mervyn T Jones 

2014 

Chairman and Director (Non-executive) 

2013 

Vijoleta Braach-Maksvytis 

Director (Non-executive) 

John P Welborn (e) 

Director (Non-executive) 

W Peter Day (f) 

Chairman and Director (Non-executive) 

Total Consolidated, all non-executive 
directors 

Executive Director 

Terry D Stinson 

Director and Chief Executive Officer 

Other Key Management Personnel 

Geoff P Cathcart 

Chief Technical Officer 

Ian G Veitch (g) 

Chief Financial Officer 

Keith A Halliwell (h) 

Chief Financial Officer 

Total Consolidated, Executive Director 
and Key Management Personnel 

2014 

2013 

2014 

2013 

2014 

2013 

2014 

2013 

2014 

2013 

2014 

2013 

2014 

2013 

2014 

2013 

2014 

2013 

88,494 

63,486 

65,474 

63,486 

2,522 

- 

46,234 

90,459 

202,724 

217,431 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

88,494 

63,486 

65,474 

63,486 

2,522 

- 

46,234 

90,459 

202,724 

217,431 

8,195 

5,714 

6,063 

5,714 

240 

- 

4,277 

8,141 

18,775 

19,569 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

96,689 

69,200 

71,537 

69,200 

2,762 

- 

50,511 

98,600  

221,499 

237,000 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

346,508 

34,000 

380,508 

333,945 

- 

333,945 

32,088 

40,073 

12,161 

8,387 

15,221 

34,511 

474,489 

82,867 

49,283 

514,555 

17.6% 

25.7% 

242,643 

20,000 

213,525 

- 

208,308 

20,000 

262,643 

213,525 

228,308 

26,803 

25,623 

19,269 

7,581 

14,558 

4,670 

77,964 

- 

168,814 

- 

- 

- 

797,459 

74,000 

794,248 

- 

77,964 

6,870 

12,245 

- 

168,814 

871,459 

794,248 

- 

18,058 

78,160 

90,624 

- 

(2,742) 

24,412 

32,448 

9,388 

33,774 

2,941 

6,266 

- 

(65,175) 

27,550 

57,732 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

306,415 

287,480 

255,188 

103,345 

- 

118,955 

34,511 

1,036,092 

49,283 

1,024,335 

9.6% 

11.7% 

9.0% 

6.1% 

- 

(53.6)% 

13.1% 

10.4% 

23 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

17.8. 

DIRECTORS’ AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS’ REMUNERATION – COMPANY AND GROUP (CONTINUED) 

Notes in relation to the table of directors' and executive officers remuneration 

(a)   
(b)  

The fair value of the Employee Share Plan #1 is based upon the market value (at offer date) of shares offered. 
The  fair  value  of  the  TSR  related  Executive  Long  Term  Share  plan  ("ELTSP")  rights  is  calculated  at  the  date  of 
grant through utilisation of the assumptions underlying the Black-Scholes methodology to produce a Monte-Carlo 
simulation  model  and  is  allocated  to  each  reporting  period  evenly  over  the  period  from  grant  date  to  vesting 
date.    The  value  disclosed  is  the  portion  of  the  fair  value  of  the  rights  recognised  in  this  reporting  period.    In 
valuing the rights the market based hurdles that must be met before the executive long term share plan rights 
vest in the holder have been taken into account. 

The following factors and assumptions were used in determining the fair value of TSR related rights issued under 
the ELTSP on grant date: 

Table 12 – Summary of terms and conditions of unvested TSR related rights 

Grant Date 

Life 

Fair 
Value 
per 
right 

Market 
price of 
shares on 
grant date 

Exercise 
Price 

Expiry 
Date 

Expected 
volatility 

Risk free 
interest rate 

31-Aug-10 

3 years 

31-Aug-13 

33 cents 

31-Aug-11* 

3 years 

31-Aug-14 

25 cents 

nil 

nil 

34 cents 

60.00% 

4.27% 

35 cents 

110.00% 

3.79% 

*   The grant date of the TSR related rights for the Managing Director was 26 October 2011. 

The  following  factors  and  assumptions  were  used  in  determining  the  fair  value  of  EPS  related  rights  offered  under  the 
ELTSP on grant date: 

Table 13 – Summary of terms and conditions of unvested EPS related rights 

Grant Date 

Life 

Expiry 
Date 

Fair Value 
per right 

Exercise 
Price 

31-Aug-10 

3 years 

31-Aug-13 

34 cents 

31-Aug-11* 

3 years 

31-Aug-14 

35 cents 

31-Aug-12* 

3 years 

31-Aug-15 

20 cents 

31-Aug-13* 

3 years 

31-Aug-16 

19.5 cents 

nil 

nil 

nil 

nil 

Market price 
of shares on 
grant date 

34 cents 

35 cents 

20 cents 

19.5 cents 

  *   The grant dates of the EPS related rights for the Managing Director were 26 October 2011, 7 November 2012 and 

23 October 2013 respectively. 

The fair value of the EPS related rights is equal to the market price of shares on the grant date. 

(c) 

The fair value of the Performance Rights is calculated at the date of grant through utilisation of the assumptions 
underlying  the  Black-Scholes  methodology  to  produce  a  Monte-Carlo  simulation  model  and  allocated  to  each 
reporting period evenly over the period from grant date to vesting date.  The value disclosed is the portion of the 
fair  value  of  the  performance  rights  recognised  in  this  reporting  period.    In  valuing  the  performance  rights  the 
hurdles that must be met before the executive long term share plan shares vest in the holder have been taken 
into account. 

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

17.8. 

DIRECTORS’ AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS’ REMUNERATION – COMPANY AND GROUP (CONTINUED) 

Table 14 – Summary of terms and conditions of unvested performance rights 

Grant Date 

Life 

Fair Value 
per right 

Target 
price 

Market price of 
shares on grant date 

Expected 
volatility 

Risk free 
interest rate 

31-Aug-08 

10 years 

47 cents 

$2.50 

79 cents 

55.00% 

5.75% 

31-Aug-08 

10 years 

35 cents 

$5.00 

79 cents 

55.00% 

5.75% 

31-Aug-08 

10 years 

28 cents 

$7.50 

79 cents 

55.00% 

5.75% 

31-Aug-08 

10 years 

23 cents 

$10.00 

79 cents 

55.00% 

5.75% 

31-Aug-08 

10 years 

13 cents 

$20.00 

79 cents 

55.00% 

5.75% 

31-Aug-08 

10 years 

9 cents 

$30.00 

79 cents 

55.00% 

5.75% 

31-Aug-08 

10 years 

5 cents 

$50.00 

79 cents 

55.00% 

5.75% 

(d) 

Prior year comparatives have been restated to include long service leave  

(e)  Mr Welborn became a KMP on 17 June 2014  

(f) 

Mr Day ceased to be a KMP on 28 February 2014 

(g)  Mr Veitch became a KMP on 11 February 2013 

(h)  Mr Halliwell ceased to be a KMP on 8 February 2013. 

17.9. 

EQUITY INSTRUMENTS 

All shares refer to ordinary shares and rights of Orbital Corporation Limited. 

Analysis of Shares Offered as Compensation 

Details of the shares and rights offered under the LTI to each key management person during the reporting period are as 
shown below. Please refer to footnote (b) below for the terms and conditions relating to the granting of the rights offered 
under the Executive Long Term Share Plan. 

Table 15 – Summary of KMP executives interests in LTI equity rights 

 Employee Share Plan No. 1 

Executive Long Term Share Plan 

Number of 
shares 
issued 

Share 
Price 

Value (a) 
$ 

Number 
of Rights 
Offered 

Value of 
Rights 
Offered 
(b) 
$ 

Number 
of Rights 
Vested 

Number of 
Expired or 
Forfeited (c) 

Executive Director 

T D Stinson 

2014 

- 

2013 

         -  

Executives 

- 

- 

- 

1,165,000 

198,050 

        -  

1,100,000 

220,000 

G P Cathcart 

2014 

5,844 

$0.1711 

1,000 

537,000 

104,715 

2013 

7,468 

$0.1339 

  1,000  

450,000 

90,000 

I G Veitch 

2014 

5,844 

$0.1711 

1,000 

466,000 

90,870 

2013 

7,468 

$0.1339 

  1,000  

330,000 

66,000 

K A Halliwell (d) 

2014 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

2013 

7,468  

$0.1339 

  1,000  

600,000 

120,000 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(665,000) 

(525,000) 

(252,700) 

(199,500) 

(76,000) 

(60,000) 

- 

(1,614,067) 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

17.9. 

EQUITY INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED) 

 (a)  The fair value of the employee share plan No. 1 based upon the market value (at offer date of 31 October 2013 and 

31 October 2012 respectively) of shares offered. These awards are fully vested. 

 (b)  Represents the fair value of rights offered on 31 August 2013 and 31 August 2012 respectively using a Monte-Carlo 
simulation model for the TSR related rights (31 August 2012 offer) and the market price on the grant date for EPS 
related right (31 August 2012 and 31 August 2013 offers).  The vesting of the shares offered on 31 August 2012 and 
31  August  2013  is  subject  to  the  Group  achieving  the  criteria  listed  in  tables  3,  4  and  5.    Performance  conditions 
were met not in respect of rights offered in August 2010 and shares in relation to that offer expired at the expiration 
of the performance period during the 2014 financial year. 

(c)  The value of the Executive Long Term Share Plan rights expired or forfeited during the period was $nil on the date of 

expiry or forfeiture. 

(d)  Represents 266,500 rights expired and 1,347,567 rights forfeited by Mr Halliwell on his resignation.  

Table 16 – Movement of KMP executives interests in LTI equity rights 

Held at 

1-Jul13 

Offered 

Forfeited 

Vested 

Expired (a) 

30-Jun-14 

Exercisable 

Held at 

Not  

Executive director 
Mr TD Stinson  

Executives 
Dr GP Cathcart 
Mr IG Veitch 

2,535,000 

1,165,000 

1,012,700 
498,500 

537,000 
466,000 

- 

- 
- 

- 

(665,000) 

3,035,000 

3,035,000 

- 
- 

(252,700) 
(76,000) 

1,297,000 
888,500 

1,297,000 
888,500 

(a)    The fair value of these performance rights was nil at the expiry date. 

Table 17 – Movement of KMP interests in shares 

Held at 

1-Jul13 

Granted as 
compensation 

Held at 

Purchases 

ESP #1 

ELTSP 

Sales 

Other (b) 

30-Jun-14 

Non-executive directors 
Dr MT Jones 
18,000 
Dr V Braach-Maksvytis              - 
- 
Mr JP Welborn (a) 
10,000 
Mr WP Day 

Executive director 
Mr TD Stinson  

392,690 

Executives 
Dr GP Cathcart 
Mr IG Veitch 

61,563 
20,443 

52,000 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

5,844 
5,844 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

(10,000) 

70,000 
- 
- 

- 

- 

- 
- 

392,690 

67,407 
26,287 

(a)    Mr JP Welborn was appointed a Non-executive director on 17 June 2014. 
(b)    Represents shareholdings at the time that Mr WP Day ceased to be a KMP. 

Loans to key management personnel and their related parties 

The Group has not made any loans to key management personnel or their related parties since the end of the previous 
financial year and there were no loans to any key management personnel or their related parties at year-end. 

End of Remuneration Report 

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors: 

M T Jones 
Director   

T D Stinson 
Managing Director 

Dated at Perth, Western Australia this 28th day of August 2014. 

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT 

1. CORPORATE GOVERENACE AT ORBITAL 

  A minimum of three directors, with a broad range of 

The  Board  of  Directors  of  Orbital  Corporation  Limited  is 
responsible  for  the  corporate  governance  of  the  Group.  
The Board guides and monitors the business and affairs 
of  the  Group  on  behalf  of  the  shareholders  by  whom 
they  are  elected  and  to  whom  they  are  accountable.  
This  statement  reports  on  Orbital’s  key  governance 
principles  and  practices.    These  principles  and  practices 
are  reviewed  regularly  and  revised  as  appropriate  to 
reflect  changes  in  law  and  developments  in  corporate 
governance. 

The  Company,  as  a  listed  entity,  must  comply  with  the 
Corporations  Act  2001  (Cwth)  (Corporations  Act),  the 
Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) Listing Rules (ASX 
Listing  Rules)  and  other  Australian  and  international 
laws.    The  ASX  Listing  Rules  requires  the  Company  to 
report  on  the  extent  to  which  it  has  followed  the 
Corporate  Governance  Recommendations  contained  in 
the  ASX  Corporate  Governance  Council’s  (ASXCGC) 
second  edition  of  its  Corporate  Governance  Principles 
and Recommendations with 2010 Amendments.  Orbital 
believes that, throughout the 2014 financial year and to 
the  date  of  this  report,  it  has  complied  with  all  the 
ASXCGC Recommendations. 

governance 
Information 
framework is also provided in the Corporate Governance 
section of Orbital’s website (www.orbitalcorp.com.au) 

on  Orbital’s 

corporate 

2. BOARD OF DIRECTORS 

2.1. Role of the Boards 

ASXCGC Recommendations 1.1, 1.3 

The Board’s primary role is to protect and enhance long-
term  shareholder  value  by  providing  strategic  guidance 
to the Group and effective oversight of management. 

To fulfil this role, the Board is responsible for the overall 
corporate governance of the Group including formulating 
its  strategic  direction,  approving  and  monitoring  capital 
expenditure, setting remuneration, appointing, removing 
and creating succession policies for directors and senior 
executives, establishing and monitoring the achievement 
of  management’s  goals  and  ensuring  the  integrity  of 
internal control and management information systems.  

It  is  also  responsible  for  approving  and  monitoring 
financial  and  other  reporting.  A  copy  of  the  Board’s 
Charter is available in the Corporate Governance section 
of Orbital’s website. 

The Board has delegated responsibility for operation and 
administration  of  the  Group  to  the  Chief  Executive 
Officer and executive management.  Responsibilities are 
delineated by formal authority delegations. 

The Board conducts an annual review of its processes to 
ensure  that  it  is  able  to  carry  out  its  functions  in  the 
most effective manner. 

2.2. Composition of the Board 

ASXCGC Recommendations 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.6 

The  names  and  qualifications  of  the  directors  of  the 
Company in office at the date of this Report are detailed 
in the Directors’ Report on page 8. 

The  composition  of  the  Board  is  determined  using  the 
following principles: 

27 

expertise; 

  An independent non-executive director as Chairman; 
  A  majority  of  independent  non-executive  directors; 

and 

  The  role  of  Chief  Executive  Officer  (CEO)  and 
Chairman  should  not  be  exercised  by  the  same 
individual. 

An independent director is a non-executive director who: 

 

is  not  a  substantial  shareholder  of  the  Company  or 
an officer of, or otherwise associated directly with, a 
substantial shareholder of the Company; 

  within the last three years has not been employed in 
an  executive  capacity  by  the  Company  or  another 
group  member,  or  been  a  director  after  ceasing  to 
hold any such employment; 

  within  the  last  three  years  has  not  been  a  principal 
of  a  professional  adviser  or  a  consultant  to  the 
Company or another group member, or an employee 
materially associated with the service provided; 
is  not  a  material*  supplier  or  customer  of  the 
Company or other group member, or an officer of or 
otherwise  associated  directly  or  indirectly  with  a 
material supplier or customer; 

 

  has  no  material*  contractual  relationship  with  the 
Company or another Group member other than as a 
director of the Company; 

  has  not  served  on  the  board  for  a  period  which 
could,  or  could  reasonably  be  perceived 
to, 
materially  interfere  with  the  director’s  ability  to  act 
in the best interests of the Company; and 
is  free  from  any  interest  and  any  business  or  other 
relationship  which  could,  or  could  reasonably  be 
perceived  to,  materially  interfere  with  the  director’s 
ability to act in the best interests of the Company. 

 

*No  non-executive  director  is  a  supplier  to  or  customer 
of the Group, nor does any non-executive Director have 
a contractual relationship with the Group (other than as 
a director of the Company) and therefore the Board has 
not had to consider any materiality threshold. 

2.3. Conflicts of Interest 

In  accordance  with  the  Corporations  Act  2001  and  the 
Company's  constitution,  directors  must  keep  the  Board 
advised, on an ongoing basis, of any interest that could 
potentially  conflict  with  those  of  the  Company.    Where 
the  Board  believes  that  a  significant  conflict  exists  the 
director  concerned  must  not  be  present  at  the  meeting 
whilst  the  item  is  considered  or  to  vote  on  the  matter.  
The Board has procedures in place to assist directors to 
disclose potential conflicts of interest.  

2.4. Board Succession Planning 

ASXCGC Recommendation 2.6 

The  Board  manages  its  succession  planning  with  the 
assistance  of  the  Human  Resources,  Remuneration  and 
Nomination  Committee. 
  The  Committee  annually 
reviews the size, composition and diversity of the Board 
and the mix of existing and desired competencies across 
members  and  reports  its  conclusions  to  the  Board.    In 
conducting  the  review  a  skills  matrix  is  used  to  enable 
the  Committee  to  assess  the  skills  and  experience  of 
each  director  and  the  combined  capabilities  of  the 
Board. 

Recognising  the  importance  of  Board  renewal,  the 
Committee 
into 
director’s 
consideration in its succession planning. 

tenure 

takes 

each 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT 

2.5. Directors’ Retirement and Re-election 

2.9 Directors’ Remuneration 

ASXCGC Recommendation 2.6  

Non-executive  directors  must  retire  at  the  third  AGM 
following  their  election  or  most  recent  re-election.    At 
least one non-executive director must stand for election 
at  each  AGM.    Any  director  appointed  to  fill  a  vacancy 
since  the  date  of  the  previous  AGM  must  submit 
themselves to shareholders for election at the next AGM. 

Board  support 
automatic  and 
performance. 

for  a  director’s  re-election 
is  not 
is  subject  to  satisfactory  director 

2.6 Directors’ Appointment, Induction Training 
and Continuing Education 

All new directors are required to sign and return a letter 
of  appointment  which  sets  out  the  key  terms  and 
conditions  of  their  appointment,  including  duties,  rights 
and  responsibilities,  the  time  commitment  envisaged 
and 
their 
involvement with committee work. 

the  Board’s 

expectations 

regarding 

As  part  of  the  induction  process,  new  directors  are 
provided  with  detailed  information  about  the  nature  of 
the  Group’s  business,  current  issues,  Group  strategy, 
financial matters, policies and procedures and are given 
the  opportunity  to  meet  with  management  to  obtain  an 
insight into the Group’s business operations. 

All directors are expected to maintain the skills required 
to discharge their obligations to the Company.  Directors 
are  encouraged  to  undertake  continuing  professional 
education  including  industry  seminars  and  approved 
education courses. 

2.7 Board Access to Independent Professional 
Advice and Company Information 

ASXCGC Recommendation 2.6 

Each  director  has  the  right  of  access  to  all  relevant 
Company  information  and  to  the  Group’s  executives 
and,  subject  to  prior  consultation  with  the  Chairman, 
may  seek  independent  professional  advice  from  a 
suitably  qualified  adviser  at  the  Group’s  expense.    The 
director  must  consult  with  an  advisor  suitably  qualified 
in the relevant field, and obtain the Chairman’s approval 
of the fee payable for the advice before proceeding with 
the  consultation.    A  copy  of  the  advice  received  by  the 
director  is  made  available  to  all  other  members  of  the 
board. 

2.8 Review of Board Performance 

ASXCGC Recommendations 2.5, 2.6 

The  Human  Resources,  Remuneration  and  Nomination 
Committee is responsible for determining the process for 
evaluating  Board  performance. 
  Evaluations  are 
conducted by way of questionnaires appropriate in scope 
and content to effectively review: 

the  performance  of  the  Board  and  each  of 
its 
committees against the requirements of their respective 
charters; and 
the  individual  performance  of  the  Chairman  and  each 
director. 

The  performance  of  each  director  retiring  at  the  next 
AGM  is  taken  into  account  by  the  Board  in  determining 
whether or not the Board should support the re-election 
of the director. 

Details of remuneration paid to directors (executive and 
non-executive)  are  set  out  in  the  Remuneration  Report 
on  pages  12  to  26.    The  Remuneration  Report  also 
contains  information  on  the  Company’s  policy  for 
determining the nature and amount of remuneration for 
directors  and  senior  executives  and  the  relationship 
between the policy and company performance. 

Shareholders will be invited to consider and approve the 
Remuneration Report at the 2014 AGM. 

2.10 Board Meetings 

The  full  Board  currently  holds  six  scheduled  meetings 
each year, plus strategy meetings and any extraordinary 
meetings  at  such  other  times  as  may  be  necessary  to 
address any specific significant matters that may arise. 

The agenda for meetings is prepared in conjunction with 
the  Chairman,  Managing  Director  and  Company 
Secretary.    Standing  items  include  the  managing 
director’s  report,  financial  reports,  strategic  matters, 
governance  and  compliance. 
  Board  papers  are 
distributed  to  directors  in  advance  of  any  director’s 
meeting  to  ensure  that  there  is  sufficient  time  for  the 
directors to digest the content of the papers and prepare 
for  the  meeting.    Executives  are  regularly  involved  in 
board 
other 
opportunities,  including  visits  to  operations,  for  contact 
with a wider group of employees. 

discussions 

directors 

have 

and 

2.11 Company Secretary 

Details of the Company Secretary are set out on page 9 
of the Directors’ Report.  The appointment and removal 
of  a  Company  Secretary  is  a  matter  for  decision  by  the 
Board.    The  Company  Secretary  is  responsible  for 
ensuring  that  Board  procedures  are  complied  with  and 
that governance matters are addressed. 

3. COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD 

3.1 Board Committees, Membership and Charters 

ASXCGC  Recommendations  2.4,  2.6,  4.1,  4.2,  4.3,  4.4, 
8.1, 8.3,  

To  assist  in  the  execution  of  its  responsibilities,  the 
Board  has  established  a  number  of  Board  Committees 
including  an  Audit  Committee  and  a  Human  Resources, 
Remuneration  and  Nomination  Committee.  These 
committees  have  written  mandates  and  operating 
procedures, which are reviewed on a regular basis.  The 
effectiveness  of  each  committee  is  also  constantly 
monitored.  The Board has also established a framework 
for the management of the Group including a system of 
internal  control  and  the  establishment  of  appropriate 
ethical standards. 

3.2 Audit Committee 

ASXCGC Recommendations 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4 

in  determining  accounting  policies 

The role of the Audit Committee  is to give the Board of 
Directors additional assurance regarding the quality and 
reliability  of  financial  information  prepared  for  use  by 
the  Board 
for 
inclusion  in  the  financial  report.  The  Committee  has  a 
documented  charter,  approved  by  the  Board.  A  copy  of 
the  Audit  Committee’s  Charter  is  available  in  the 
Corporate  Governance  section  of  Orbital’s  website.  All 
members  of  the  Committee  must  be  independent,  non-
executive directors. 

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT 

Members  of  the  Audit  Committee  during  the  year  were 
Dr  M  T  Jones  (Chairman  1  July  2013  –  1  September 
2013),  Mr  W  P  Day  (Chairman  1  September  2013  –  28 
February  2014),  Mr  J  P  Welborn  (Chairman  since  23 
June  2014)  and  Dr  V  Braach-Maksvytis.    The  external 
auditors, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, 
Company  Secretary  and  other  financial  and  accounting 
staff  are  invited  to  Audit  Committee  meetings  at  the 
discretion of the Committee. The Chief Executive Officer 
and  Chief  Financial  Officer  declared  in  writing  to  the 
Board  that  the  Company’s  financial  reports  for  the  year 
ended 30 June 2014 present  a true and fair view, in all 
material  respects,  of  the  Company’s  financial  condition 
and  operational  results  and  are  in  accordance  with 
relevant  accounting  standards.  This  statement 
is 
required annually. 

The  responsibilities  of  the  Audit  Committee  include, 
liaising with the external auditors and ensuring that the 
annual  and  half-year  statutory  audits/reviews  are 
conducted  in  an  effective  manner;  reviewing  and 
ensuring  management 
implement  appropriate  and 
prompt  remedial  action  for  any  deficiencies  identified; 
monitoring  compliance  with  Australian  and  international 
taxation requirements; the Australian and United States 
corporations laws and ASX Listing Rules; and improving 
the quality of the accounting function. 

The  Audit  Committee  reviews  the  performance  of  the 
external  auditors  on  an  annual  basis  and  meets  with 
them  to  discuss  audit  planning  matters,  statutory 
reporting  and  as  required  for  any  special  reviews  or 
investigations  deemed  necessary  by  the  Board.  The 
Audit  Committee  also  assesses  whether  non-audit 
services provided by the external auditor are consistent 
with  maintaining  the  external  auditor’s  independence 
and provides advice  to the  Board whether  the provision 
of  such  services  by  the  external  auditor  is  compatible 
with  the  general  standard  of  independence  of  auditors 
imposed by the Corporations Act.  The Audit Committee 
charter  provides  for  rotation  of  the  external  audit 
partner every five years. 

3.3 Human Resources, Remuneration and 
Nomination Committee 

ASXCGC Recommendations 2.4, 2.6, 8.1, 8.2 

to 

The  role  of  the  Human  Resources,  Remuneration  and 
review  and  make 
is 
Nomination  Committee 
recommendations  to  the  Board  on  the  remuneration 
packages  and  policies  applicable  to  the  Chief  Executive 
Officer,  senior  executives  and  directors.  It  also  plays  a 
role  in  evaluation  of  the  performance  of  the  Chief 
Executive Officer and management succession planning.  
This role also includes responsibility for employee share 
schemes, 
packages, 
superannuation entitlements, fringe benefits policies and 
professional  indemnity  and  liability  insurance  policies.  
the  Remuneration  Committee 
From 
obtains  independent  advice  on  the  appropriateness  of 
remuneration  packages,  given  trends  in  comparative 
companies both locally and internationally. 

time-to-time, 

performance 

incentive 

  It  reviews 

The  Committee  also  oversees  the  appointment  and 
induction  process 
the 
for  directors. 
composition  of  the  Board  and  makes  recommendations 
on  appropriate  skill  mix,  personal  qualities,  expertise 
and diversity. When a vacancy exists or there is a need 
for  particular  skills,  the  Committee,  in  consultation  with 
the Board, determines the selection criteria based on the 
skills  deemed  necessary.  Potential  candidates  are 
identified  by  the  Committee  with  advice  from  an 
external  consultant,  where  appropriate.  The  Board  then 
appoints the most suitable candidate who must stand for 
election at the next general meeting of shareholders. 

29 

The  Human  Resources,  Remuneration  and  Nomination 
Committee 
the  selection, 
appointment  and  succession  planning  process  of  the 
Company’s Chief Executive Officer. 

is  also  responsible 

for 

Members  of  the  Human  Resources,  Remuneration  and 
Nomination  Committee  during  the  year  were  Dr  V 
Braach-Maksvytis  (Chairman),  Dr  M  T  Jones,  Mr  W  P 
Day  (1  July  2013  –  28  February  2014)  and  Mr  J  P 
Welborn (since 23 June 2014). 

The  Human  Resources,  Remuneration  and  Nomination 
Committee meet as and when required.  The Committee 
has  a  documented  charter,  approved  by  the  Board.  A 
copy  of  the  Human  Resources,  Remuneration  and 
Nomination  Committee’s  Charter  is  available  in  the 
Corporate Governance section of Orbital’s website. 

The  performance  of  all  Directors  is  reviewed  by  the 
Chairman  each  year.    Directors  whose  performance  is 
unsatisfactory are asked to retire.  

4 SHAREHOLDERS 

4.1 Shareholder Communication 

ASXCGC Recommendations 6.1, 6.2 

Directors  recognise  that  shareholders,  as  the  ultimate 
owners  of  the  Company,  are  entitled  to  receive  timely 
and  relevant  high  quality  information  about  their 
investment.    Similarly,  prospective  new  investors  are 
entitled  to  be  able  to  make  informed  investment 
decisions when considering the purchase of shares. 

Information is communicated to shareholders as follows: 

  The  disclosure  of  full  and  timely  information  about 
Orbital’s  activities  in  accordance  with  the  disclosure 
requirements contained in the ASX Listing Rules and 
the Corporations Act; 

  All  information  released  to  the  market  to  be  placed 
following 

on  the  Company’s  website  promptly 
release; 

  The  annual  financial  report  is  distributed  to  all 
shareholders  (and  to  American  Depositary  Receipt 
(ADR)  holders)  on  request  in  accordance  with 
Corporation  Act  requirements  and  includes  relevant 
information  about  the  operations  of  the  Group 
during the year, changes in the state of affairs of the 
Group  and  details  of  future  developments,  in 
addition  to  other  disclosures  required  by  the 
Corporations Act and US Securities Law; and 

is  prepared 

  The half-yearly report contains summarised financial 
information  and  a  review  of  the  operations  of  the 
Group  during  the  period.    The  half-year  financial 
report 
the 
requirements  of  Accounting  Standards  and  the 
Corporations  Act  and  is  lodged  with  Australian  and 
United  States 
stock 
exchanges.  Financial  reports  are  sent  to  any 
shareholder or ADR holder who requests them. 

regulatory  bodies  and 

in  accordance  with 

The  Board  encourages  participation  of  shareholders  at 
the  Annual  General  Meeting  to  ensure  a  high  level  of 
the  Group's 
accountability  and 
strategy  and  goals.  Important  issues  are  presented  to 
the  shareholders  as  single  resolutions.  The  Company’s 
external  auditor  is  requested  to  attend  annual  general 
meetings  to  answer  any  questions  concerning  the  audit 
and the content of the auditor’s report.  

identification  with 

Shareholders are requested to vote on the appointment 
of  Directors,  aggregate  remuneration  of  non-executive 
directors,  the  granting  of  shares  to  Directors  and 
changes to the Constitution.  A copy of the Constitution 
is available to any shareholder who requests it. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT 

4.2 Continuous Disclosure and Market 
Communications 

ASXCGC Recommendations 5.1, 5.2 

The Board of Directors aims to ensure that shareholders 
are  informed  of  all  major  developments  affecting  the 
Group's state of affairs. The Board has adopted a policy 
to  identify  matters  that  may  have  a  material  effect  on 
the  price  of  the  Company’s  securities  and  to  notify  the 
ASX as required. 

This  policy  on  Release  of  Price  Sensitive  Information  is 
overseen  and  coordinated  by  the  Company  Secretary. 
All  directors,  officers  and  members  of  the  Company’s 
management  committee  are  required  to  forward  details 
of  any  potentially  price  sensitive  information  to  the 
Company  Secretary,  who  is  also  to  be  made  aware,  in 
advance,  of  proposed  information  disclosures  (including 
information  to  be  presented  at  private  briefings)  to 
enable  consideration  of 
the  continuous  disclosure 
requirements.  Proposed  announcements  are  to  be 
approved  by  the  Managing  Director  and  either  the 
Chairman  or  Company  Secretary  prior  to  release  to  the 
ASX.  The  Company  Secretary  is  responsible  for  all 
communications with the ASX. 

The  Company’s  policy  on  Release  of  Price  Sensitive 
Information  and  its  policy  on  communication  with 
shareholders  are  available  in  the  Corporate  Governance 
Section of Orbital’s website. 

5. PROMOTING RESPONSIBLE AND ETHICAL 
BEHAVIOUR 

5.1 Code of Conduct and Whistleblower Policy 

ASXCGC Recommendations 3.1, 3.5 

All  Directors,  managers  and  employees  are  expected  to 
act with  the utmost integrity  and objectivity, striving at 
all  times  to  enhance  the  reputation  and  performance  of 
the Group.  Every employee has a nominated supervisor 
to  whom  they  may  refer  any  issues  arising  from  their 
employment.  The  Board  has  approved  a  Code  of 
Conduct,  applicable  to  all  Directors  and  employees  of 
the  Group,  providing  for  the  conduct  of  business  in 
accordance with the highest ethical standards and sound 
corporate  governance.  The  Code  also  incorporates  the 
the  Company’s 
Company’s  policy  on 
securities.  A  Code  of  Ethics,  relating  to  Accounting 
Practice and Financial Reporting, has also been adopted 
by  the  Board  and  applies  specifically  to  the  Chief 
Executive  Officer,  Chief  Financial  Officer  and  senior 
finance  officers  of  the  Company  who  influence  financial 
performance.  The  Code  of  Ethics  is  complementary  to 
the Code of Conduct, copies of both Codes are available 
in  the  Corporate  Governance  section  of  Orbital’s 
website. 

trading 

in 

5.2 Securities Ownership and Dealing 

The  Company's  policy  with  respect  to  Directors  and 
Officers  dealing  in  the  Company's  shares  or  options 
states that: 

  Directors and Officers are prohibited from dealing in 
the  Company's  securities  at  any  time  when  they 
possess  information  which,  if  publicly  disclosed, 
would  be  likely  to  affect  the  market  price  of  the 
Company's securities; 

  Directors and Officers are prohibited from short term 

trading in the Company's securities; 

  Directors  must  obtain  the  written  approval  of  the 
transactions 

Chairman  before  undertaking  any 
involving the Company's securities; and 

30 

  Directors  and  Officers  are  prohibited 

from 
undertaking transactions in the Company's securities 
during  the  period  from  one  month  prior  to  the 
proposed  release  of  the  Company's  annual  or  half-
year result until two days after that release. 

A copy of the Securities Trading Policy is available in the 
Corporate Governance section of Orbital’s website. 

6. RISK MANAGEMENT 

6.1 Approach to Risk Management and Internal 
Control 

ASXCGC Recommendations 7.1, 7.4 

rests  with 

The  Board  oversees  the  establishment,  implementation 
and review of the Company’s risk management systems, 
which  have  been  established  by  management  for 
assessing,  monitoring  and  managing  operational, 
financial  reporting  and  compliance  risks  for  the  Group. 
Responsibility  for  establishing  and  maintaining  effective 
senior 
strategies 
risk  management 
management, accountable to the Chief Executive Officer 
and  the  Audit  Committee  of  the  Board.  The  Audit 
Committee  reviews  the  risk  management  and  internal 
control structure implemented by management so as to 
obtain reasonable assurance that the Group’s assets are 
safeguarded  and  that  reliable  financial  records  are 
maintained.  Operational  and  other  compliance  risk 
management  has  also  been  reviewed  and  found  to  be 
operating  efficiently  and  effectively.    A  copy  of  the 
Company’s  risk  management  policy  is  available  in  the 
Corporate Governance section of Orbital’s website. 

Risks  to  the  Group  arise  from  matters  such  as 
competitive technologies that may be developed, delays 
in government regulation, reduction in development and 
testing  expenditure  by  the  Group’s  customers,  the 
impact  of  exchange  rate  movements,  environmental 
issues,  occupational  safety  and  health  and  financial 
reporting. 

6.2 Internal Control Framework 

ASXCGC Recommendations 7.2, 7.4 

The  Board  recognises  that  no  cost  effective  internal 
control system will preclude all errors and irregularities. 
The  system  is  based  upon  written  procedures,  policies 
and guidelines, an organisational structure that provides 
an appropriate division of responsibility, and the careful 
selection and training of qualified personnel.   

Established practices ensure: 

  Capital  expenditure  commitments  are  subject  to 

authority level approval procedures; 

  Financial  exposures  are  controlled  by  the  use  of 
forward exchange contracts, where appropriate; 
  Occupational safety and health issues are monitored 

by a safety committee; 

  Financial  reporting  accuracy  and  compliance  with 

regulatory requirements; and 

  Compliance with environmental regulation. 

Where  risks,  such  as  natural  disasters,  cannot  be 
adequately mitigated using internal controls, those risks 
are  transferred  to  third  parties  through  insurance 
coverage to the extent considered appropriate. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT 

6.3 Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial 
Officer Assurance 

ASXCGC Recommendations 7.3, 7.4 

The  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer 
have  declared,  in  writing  to  the  Board,  that  the 
Company’s  financial  reports  are  founded  on  a  sound 
system of risk management and internal compliance and 
control  which  implements  the  policies  adopted  by  the 
Board, and that they have evaluated the effectiveness of 
the  company’s 
financial  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures  and  have  concluded  that  they  are  operating 
efficiently and effectively.  

Monthly  financial  results  are  reported  against  budgets 
approved  by  the  directors  and  revised  forecasts  for  the 
year are prepared regularly. 

6.4 Environmental Regulation 

The  Group  holds  a  number  of  permits,  licences  and 
registrations  for  environmental  regulation  under  both 
Australian  Commonwealth  and  State  legislation.    These 
permits,  licences  and  registrations  are  primarily  for  the 
storage of fuels and chemicals and the disposal of waste 
and  are  reviewed  by  the  Group  on  an  on-going  basis.  
The  directors  are  not  aware  of  any  material  breaches 
during the period covered by this report.  

7. EXTERNAL AUDITOR RELATIONSHIP 

ASXCGC Recommendation 4.4 

The Audit Committee oversees the terms of engagement 
of  Orbital’s  external  auditor.    The  Audit  Committee 
ensures  that  the  audit  approach  covers  all  financial 
statement  areas  where  there  is  a  risk  of  material 
misstatement  and  that  audit  activities  are  carried  out 
throughout  the  Orbital  Group  in  the  most  effective, 
efficient and comprehensive manner. 

the 

responsibility 

the 
The  Committee  has 
for 
appointment,  compensation  and  oversight  of 
the 
external Auditor and to ensure that the external Auditor 
meets the required standards for Auditor Independence. 
In  monitoring  Auditor  Independence  the  Committee  will 
have 
regulatory 
legislative  or 
to  any 
requirements, and the following principles: 

regard 

 

in  auditing 
in  senior 

It  is  mandatory  that  the  Audit  Partner  responsible 
for the Audit be rotated at least every five years. At 
least two years must expire before the Audit Partner 
can again be involved in the Audit of the Group. 
  The  Committee  monitors  the  number  of  former 
employees  of  the  external  Auditor  who  were 
the  company,  currently 
involved 
employed 
the 
company,  and  assesses  whether  this  impairs  or 
judgment  or 
impair  the  Auditor’s 
appears  to 
independence 
in  respect  of  the  company.  An 
individual  auditor  who  was  engaged  by  the  external 
Auditor and participated in the company’s audit shall 
be  precluded  from  employment  as  Chief  Executive 
Officer  or  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  the  company  for 
a  period  of  twelve  months  from  the  time  of  the 
audit. 

financial  positions 

in 

  Consider  whether  taken  as  a  whole,  the  various 
relationships between the company and the external 
Auditor  and  the  economic 
importance  of  the 
company  (in  terms  of  fees  paid  to  the  external 
Auditor  for  the  Audit  as  well  as  fees  paid  to  the 
external  Auditor  for  the  provision  of  non-audit 
services) to the external Auditor impair or appear to 
impair  the  Auditor’s  judgment  or  independence  in 
respect of the company. 

financial 

  The  company  shall  not  engage  its  external  Auditor 
for  certain  non-audit  services  (including  book-
information  systems  design, 
keeping, 
services, 
valuations, 
audit 
actuarial 
outsourcing,  human 
resources  and  unrelated 
legal/expert  services).  Any  proposal  to  grant  the 
external  Auditor  non-prohibited  non-audit  services 
will  be  referred  to  the  Chairman  of  the  Audit 
Committee  by  management  prior  to  granting  the 
work.   

internal 

  The  Chairman  of  the  Committee  will  meet  (at  least 
annually)  with  the  external  Auditors  without  the 
presence of management 

8. DIVERSITY 

ASXCGC Recommendations 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5 

8.1 Diversity Policy 

The  Company  respects  and  values  the  competitive 
advantage of diversity, and the benefit of its integration 
throughout  the  Company,  in  order  to  enrich  the 
Company's perspective, improve corporate performance, 
increase shareholder value, and enhance the probability 
of achievement of the Company's objectives. 

(including 

Diversity constitutes people at relevant levels within the 
Company 
executive, 
management  and  otherwise)  with  a  diverse  blend  of 
skills,  experiences,  perspectives,  styles  and  attributes 
gained  from  life's  journey,  including  on  account  of  their 
culture, gender, age or otherwise. 

board, 

senior 

The  Company  is  committed  to  employing  and  retaining 
the best technical and non-technical staff based on their 
capacity to perform well for the Company. 

A  copy  of  the  Diversity  Policy  is  available  in  the 
Corporate Governance section of Orbital’s website. 

8.2 Measurable Objectives —Diversity 

it 

is  satisfied 

The  Board  has  not  set  any  measurable  objectives  for 
that  current 
gender  diversity  as 
reward  decisions 
employment,  advancement  and 
regarding  staff  within 
the  Company  are  made 
irrespective  of  race,  religion,  gender,  age,  or  any  other 
irrelevant  point  of  difference,  therefore  no  measureable 
objectives  have  been  put  in  place  at  this  time  to 
specifically change or increase gender diversity. 

8.3 Workforce gender profile at 30 June 2013 

Proportion of women in total organisation: 

22% 

Proportion  of  women  in  senior  executive 
positions: 

Proportion of women on the board: 

0% 

25% 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT 

9. ASX CORPORATE GOVERNANCE COUNCIL RECOMMENDATIONS CHECKLIST 

The table below summarises the Group’s compliance with the ASX Corporate Governance Council’s Recommendations. 

Recommendation 

Principle 1 - Lay solid foundations for management and oversight 

Companies should establish the functions reserved to the board 
and those delegated to senior executives and disclose those 
functions. 

Companies should disclose the process for evaluating the 
performance of senior executives 

Comply 
Yes / No 

Reference 

Yes 

2.1 

Yes 

Remuneration Report 

Companies should provide the information indicated in the guide 
to reporting on Principle 1. 

Yes 

2.1, 2.8, Remuneration Report 

Principle 2 – Structure the board to add value 

2.1 

A majority of the board should be independent directors 

2.2 

The chair should be an independent director. 

2.3 

The roles of chair and chief executive officer should not be 
exercised by the same individual. 

2.4 

The board should establish a nomination committee 

Companies should disclose the process for evaluating the 
performance of the board, its committees and individual directors 

Yes 

Yes 

Yes 

Yes 

Yes 

2.2 

2.2 

2.2 

3.1, 3.3 

2.8 

Companies should provide the information indicated in the guide 
to reporting on Principle 2. 

Yes 

2.2, 2.4, 2.5, 2.7, 2.8, 3.1, 3.3 

1.1 

1.2 

1.3 

2.5 

2.6 

Principle 3 – Promote ethical and responsible decision making 

3.1 

Companies should establish a code of conduct and disclose the 
code or a summary of the code as to: 
  The practices necessary to maintain confidence in the 

company's integrity. 

  The practices necessary to take into account their legal 
obligations and the reasonable expectations of their 
stakeholders. 

  The responsibility and accountability of individuals for 

reporting and investigating reports of unethical practices. 

Companies should establish a policy concerning diversity and 
disclose the policy or a summary of that policy. The policy should 
include requirements for the board to establish measurable 
objectives for achieving gender diversity for the board to assess 
annually both the objectives and progress in achieving them. 

Companies should disclose in each annual report the measurable 
objectives for achieving gender diversity set by the board in 
accordance with the diversity policy and progress towards 
achieving them. 

Companies should disclose in each annual report the proportion of 
women employees in the whole organisation, women in senior 
executive positions and women on the board. 

3.2 

3.3 

3.4 

Yes 

5.1 

Yes 

8.1 

No 

Yes 

8.2 

8.3 

3.5 

Companies should provide the information indicated in the guide 
to reporting on Principle 3. 

Yes 

5.1, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3 

Principle 4 – Safeguard integrity in financial reporting 

4.1 

The board should establish an audit committee. 

4.2 

The audit committee should be structured so that it: 
  Consists only of non-executive directors. 
  Consists of a majority of independent directors. 
 

Is chaired by an independent chair, who is not chair of the 
board. 

  Has at least three members. 

Yes 

Yes 

3.1, 3.2 

3.1, 3.2 

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT 

Recommendation 

4.3 

The audit committee should have a formal charter. 

4.4 

Companies should provide the information indicated in the guide 
to reporting on Principle 4 

Principle 5 – Make timely and balanced disclosure 

5.1 

Companies should establish written policies designed to ensure 
compliance with ASX listing rule disclosure requirements and to 
ensure accountability at a senior executive level for that 
compliance and disclose those policies or a summary of those 
policies. 

5.2 

Companies should provide the information indicated in the guide 
to reporting on Principle 5.. 

Principle 6 – Respect the rights of shareholders 

6.1 

Companies should design a communications policy for promoting 
effective communication with shareholders and encouraging their 
participation at general meetings and disclose their policy or a 
summary of that policy. 

6.2 

Companies should provide the information indicated in the guide 
to reporting on Principle 6. 

Principle 7 – Recognise and manage risks 

7.1 

7.2 

7.3 

Companies should establish policies for the oversight and 
management of material business risks and disclose a summary 
of those policies. 

The board should require management to design and implement 
the risk management and internal control system to manage the 
company's material business risks and report to it on whether 
those risks are being managed effectively. The board should 
disclose that management has reported to it as to the 
effectiveness of the company's management of its material 
business risks. 

The board should disclose whether it has received assurance from 
the chief executive officer [or equivalent] and the chief financial 
officer [or equivalent] that the declaration provided in accordance 
with section 295A of the Corporations Act is founded on a sound 
system of risk management and internal control and that the 
system is operating effectively in all material respects in relation 
to financial reporting risks. 

Comply 
Yes / No 

Yes 

Yes 

Reference 

3.1, 3.2 

3.1, 3.2, 7 

Yes 

4.2 

Yes 

Yes 

Yes 

Yes 

Yes 

4.2 

4.1 

4.1 

6.1 

6.2 

Yes 

6.3 

7.4 

Companies should provide the information indicated in the guide 
to reporting on Principle 7. 

Yes 

6.1, 6.2, 6.3 

Principle 8 – Remunerate fairly and responsibly 

8.1 

The board should establish a remuneration committee 

8.2 

The remuneration committee should be structured so that it: 

Yes 

Yes 

3.1 

3.3 

consists of a majority of independent directors. 
is chaired by an independent chair. 

 
 
  has at least three members. 

8.3 

Companies should clearly distinguish the structure of 
nonexecutive directors' remuneration from that of executive 
directors and senior executives 

Yes 

2.9, Remuneration Report 

8.4 

Companies should provide the information indicated in the guide 
to reporting on Principle 8. 

Yes 

3.1 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

Sale of goods 

Engineering services income 

Royalty and licence income 

Other revenue 

Total Revenue 

Other income 

Materials and consumables 

Employee benefits expense 

Depreciation and amortisation 

Engineering consumables and contractors 

Occupancy expenses 

Travel and accommodation 

Communications and computing 

Patent costs 

Insurance costs 

Audit, compliance and listing costs  

Finance costs 

Other expenses  

Share of profit from associate 

Consolidated 

2014 

$'000 

14,136 

2,898 

1,124 

179 

18,337 

2013 

$'000 

23,424 

2,057 

1,007 

211 

26,699 

4,402 

3,889 

(7,283) 

(9,642) 

(908) 

(985) 

(1,839) 

(278) 

(408) 

(260) 

(694) 

(948) 

(536) 

(1,017) 

3,256 

(10,428) 

(11,210) 

(959) 

(688) 

(1,814) 

(407) 

(621) 

(308) 

(690) 

(516) 

(687) 

(3,386) 

3,220 

Note 

6 

7 

8(d) 

8(a) 

8(b) 

8(c) 

15 

Profit before income tax 

1,197 

2,094 

Income tax benefit/(expense)  

9(a) 

479 

(1,730) 

Profit for the year attributable to owners of the parent 

1,676 

364 

Earnings per share 

Basic earnings per share (in cents) 

Diluted earnings per share (in cents) 

10 

10 

3.39   

3.39   

0.74 

0.74 

The income statement is to be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements set out on pages 38 to 87. 

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

Net profit for the year 

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss 

Share of foreign currency reserve of equity accounted investment 

Foreign  currency  translation  reserve  released  on  sale  of  share  in  equity 
accounted investment 
Foreign currency translation 

Other comprehensive (loss)/ income for the period, net of tax 

Total comprehensive income for the year 

Total comprehensive income for the period attributable to owners 
of the parent 

Consolidated 

2014 

$'000 

1,676 

80 

- 

(340) 

(260) 

1,416 

1,416 

2013 

$'000 

364 

35 

(18) 

1,505 

1,522 

1,886 

1,886 

The statement of comprehensive income is to be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements set out 
on pages 38 to 87. 

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

Share 
Capital 

Retained 
Profits 

$'000 

$'000 

Employee 
Equity 
Benefits 
Reserve 
$'000 

Foreign 
Currency 
Translation 
Reserve 
$'000 

Total 

$'000 

At 1 July 2012 

Profit for period 

Other comprehensive income 

Total  comprehensive  income/(loss)  for  the 
period 

Share based payments 

Balance at 30 June 2013 

At 1 July 2013 

Profit for period 

Other comprehensive loss 

Total  comprehensive  income/(loss)  for  the 
period 

19,436 

- 

- 

- 

82 

19,518 

19,518 

- 

- 

- 

2 

364 

- 

364 

- 

366 

366 

1,676 

- 

1,676 

1,547 

(3,554) 

17,431 

- 

- 

- 

- 

1,522 

1,522 

364 

1,522 

1,886 

98 

- 

180 

1,645 

(2,032) 

19,497 

1,645 

(2,032) 

19,497 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(260) 

1,676 

(260) 

(260) 

1,416 

Share based payments 

72 

- 

60 

- 

132 

Balance at 30 June 2014 

19,590 

2,042 

1,705 

(2,292) 

21,045 

The statement of changes in equity is to be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements set out on 
pages 38 to 87. 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 30 JUNE 2014 

ASSETS 

Current assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Other financial assets 

Trade and other receivables 

Inventories 

Total current assets 

Non-current assets 

Investment in associate 

Deferred taxation asset 

Plant and equipment 

Intangibles and goodwill 

Total non-current assets 

TOTAL ASSETS 

LIABILITIES 

Current liabilities 
Trade payables and other liabilities 

Borrowings 

Contingent consideration 

Employee benefits 

Deferred revenue 

Government grants 

Other provisions 

Total current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 

Borrowings 

Long term borrowings 

Employee benefits 

Government grants 

Other provisions 

Total non-current liabilities 

TOTAL LIABILITIES 

NET ASSETS 

EQUITY 
Share capital 

Reserves 

Retained profits 

TOTAL EQUITY 

Note 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

12 

12 

21 

22 

23 

24 

12 

12 

21 

23 

24 

25 

26 

26 

Consolidated 

2014 

$'000 

5,416 

1,341 

5,755 

3,328 

2013 

$'000 

6,902 

705 

4,713 

3,158 

15,840 

15,478 

13,980 

5,001 

2,845 

- 

21,826 

37,666 

3,696 

521 

638 

1,938 

316 

225 

192 

7,526 

19 

7,792 

32 

974 

278 

9,095 

16,621 

21,045 

19,590 

(587) 

2,042 

12,468 

4,656 

3,383 

146 

20,653 

36,131 

2,801 

432 

886 

1,837 

316 

225 

795 

7,292 

42 

7,757 

55 

1,199 

289 

9,342 

16,634 

19,497 

19,518 

(387) 

366 

21,045 

19,497 

The statement of financial position is to be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements set out on 
pages 38 to 87. 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities 

Cash receipts from customers 

Cash paid to suppliers and employees 

Cash used by operations 

Interest received 

Interest paid 

Income taxes paid 

Consolidated 

Note 

2014 

$'000 

2013 

$'000 

20,825 

(22,826) 

(2,001) 

179 

(51) 

(42) 

29,524 

(30,920) 

(1,396) 

211 

(206) 

(326) 

Net cash used in operating activities 

31 

(1,915) 

(1,717) 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities 

Dividends received from associate 

Proceeds from sale of share in investment in associate 

Net Proceeds from sale of plant and equipment 

Acquisition of plant and equipment 

Investment in short term deposit 

Redemption of short term deposit 

1,634 

- 

64 

(377) 

(460) 

- 

1,485 

5,777 

9 

(253) 

- 

666 

Net cash from investing activities 

861 

7,684 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities 

Repayment of borrowings 

Net cash used in financing activities 

(433) 

(433) 

(2,864) 

(2,864) 

Net increase /(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 

(1,487) 

3,103 

Cash and cash equivalents at 1 July 

6,902 

3,799 

Cash and cash equivalents at 30 June 

11 

5,416 

6,902 

Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities 

There were no non-cash investing or financing activities for the years ended 30 June 2013 and 2014. 

Refer to note 5 for details of non-cash operating items. 

The statement of cash flows is to be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements set out on pages 38 
to 87. 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

Page 

Page 

Reporting Entity 

Basis of Preparation 

Statement of Compliance with IFRS 
Basis of Preparation 
Functional and Presentation Currency 
Use of Estimates and Judgments 

1. 

2. 

3. 

(a) 
(b) 
(c) 
(d) 

(a) 

Significant accounting policies 
New accounting standards and 
interpretations 
Basis of consolidation 
Foreign currency 
Financial instruments 
Inventories 
Plant and equipment 
Intangibles and goodwill 
Impairment 
Share capital 
Employee benefits 
Provisions - Warranties 
Revenue recognition 

(b) 
(c) 
(d) 
(e) 
(f) 
(g) 
(h) 
(i) 
(j) 
(k) 
(l) 
(m)  Operating leases 
Finance expense 
(n) 
Income tax 
(o) 
Operating segments 
(p) 
Goods and services tax 
(q) 
Earnings per share 
(r) 

(s) 
(t) 
(u) 

(v) 

Government grants 
Business combinations 
New standards and interpretations not  
yet adopted 
Comparatives 

Significant accounting judgments, 
estimates and assumptions 

Operating segments 

Other revenue 

Other income 

Expenses 

Income Tax 

Earnings per share 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Financial assets and financial liabilities, 
financial risk management objectives  
and policies 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

9. 

10. 

11. 

12. 

13. 

Trade and other receivables 

14. 

Inventories 

15. 

Investment in associate 

16. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities 

17. 

Plant and equipment 

18. 

Intangibles and goodwill 

19. 

Trade payables and other liabilities 

20. 

Financing arrangements 

21. 

Employee benefits  

22. 

Deferred revenue 

23. 

Government grants 

24.  Other provisions  

25. 

Share capital 

26. 

Retained profits and reserves 

27. 

Consolidated entity 

28. 

Information  relating  to  Orbital  Corporation 
Limited 

29. 

Related party disclosures 

30. 

Key management personnel 

31. 

Notes to the statement of cash flows 

32. 

Share based payment plans 

68 

69 

70 

72 

73 

74 

74 

75 

75 

75 

76 

77 

77 

78 

79 

79 

80 

82 

83 

33. 

Defined contribution superannuation plans 

85 

34. 

Commitments 

35. 

Contingencies 

86 

86 

36. 

Events subsequent to balance sheet date 

87 

37. 

Remuneration of auditors 

87 

39 

39 

39 
39 
39 
39 

39 
39 

40 
42 
42 
43 
44 
44 
45 
46 
46 
46 
47 
47 
47 
47 
48 
48 
48 

49 
49 
49 

53 

54 

56 

59 

59 

59 

60 

60 

61 

61 

67 

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

1. 

REPORTING ENTITY 

Orbital Corporation Limited (the "Company") is a company domiciled in Australia. The address of the Company’s 
registered  office  is  4  Whipple  Street,  Balcatta,  Western  Australia.  The  consolidated  financial  report  of  the 
Company for the year ended 30 June 2014 comprises the Company and its subsidiaries (together referred to as 
the "Group").  Orbital Corporation Limited is a for-profit entity and the Group operates in a number of industries 
(see the Directors’ Report and Note 5). 

The consolidated financial report was authorised for issue by the directors on 27 August 2014. 

2. 

BASIS OF PREPARATION  

(a) 

Statement of Compliance with IFRS 

The  financial  report  complies  with  Australian  Accounting  Standards  as  issued  by  the  Australian  Accounting 
Standards  Board  and  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  (IFRS)  as  issued  by  the  International 
Accounting Standards Board. 

(b) 

Basis of Preparation 

The  financial  report  is  a  general  purpose  financial  report,  which  has  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  the 
requirements  of  the  Corporations  Act  2001,  Australian  Accounting  Standards  and  other  authoritative 
pronouncements of the Australian Accounting Standards Board. 

The consolidated financial statements have also been prepared on the historical cost basis, except for derivative 
asset and contingent consideration which is measured at fair value. 

The Company is of a kind referred to in ASIC Class Order 98/100 dated 10 July 1998 and in accordance with that 
Class  Order,  all  financial  information  presented  in  Australian  dollars  has  been  rounded  to  the  nearest  thousand 
dollars unless otherwise stated. 

(c) 

Functional and Presentation Currency 

These  consolidated  financial  statements  are  presented  in  Australian  dollars,  which  is  the  Company’s  functional 
currency and the functional currency of the majority of the entities within the Group. 

(d) 

Use of Estimates and Judgements 

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions 
that  affect  the  application  of  accounting  policies  and  reported  amounts  of  assets,  liabilities,  income  and 
expenses. Actual results may differ from these estimates. 

Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis.  Revisions to accounting estimates are 
recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period 
of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods. 

Judgements made by management in the application of Australian Accounting Standards that have a significant 
effect  on  the  financial  report  and  estimates  with  a  significant  risk  of  material  adjustment  in  the  next  year  are 
discussed in note 4. 

3. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  

(a) 

New Accounting Standards and Interpretations 

The accounting policies adopted are consistent with those of the previous financial year.  From 1 July 2013, the 
Group  has  adopted  all  the  standards  and  interpretations  mandatory  for  annual  periods  beginning  on  or  after  1 
July  2013  as  described  in  the  table  below.    The  Group  has  not  elected  to  early  adopt  any  new  standards  or 
amendments. 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

3. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) 

(a) 

New Accounting Standards and Interpretations (continued) 

Reference 

Title 

Summary 

AASB 10 

(IFRS 10) 

Consolidated 
Financial 
Statements 

AASB 10 establishes a new control model that applies to all entities. It replaces 
parts  of  AASB  127  Consolidated  and  Separate  Financial  Statements  dealing 
with  the  accounting  for  consolidated  financial  statements  and  UIG-112 
Consolidation - Special Purpose Entities. 

AASB 12 

(IFRS 12) 

Disclosure of 
Interests in 
Other Entities 

AASB 13 

(IFRS 13) 

Fair Value 
Measurement 

AASB 119 

(IAS 19) 

Employee 
Benefits 

The new control model broadens the situations when an entity is considered to 
be  controlled  by  another  entity  and  includes  new  guidance  for  applying  the 
model  to  specific  situations,  including  when  acting  as  a  manager  may  give 
control,  the  impact  of  potential  voting  rights  and  when  holding  less  than  a 
majority voting rights may give control. 

Consequential  amendments  were  also  made  to  this  and  other  standards  via 
AASB 2011-7 and AASB 2012-10. 

There is no impact to The Group. 

AASB 12 includes all disclosures relating to an entity's interests in subsidiaries, 
joint  arrangements,  associates  and  structured  entities.  New  disclosures  have 
been  introduced  about  the  judgments  made  by  management  to  determine 
whether  control  exists,  and  to  require  summarised  information  about  joint 
arrangements,  associates,  structured  entities  and  subsidiaries  with  non-
controlling interests. 

Additional disclosures were made in Note 15. 

AASB 13 establishes a single source of guidance for determining the fair value 
of assets and liabilities. AASB 13 does not change when an entity is required to 
use  fair  value,  but  rather,  provides  guidance  on  how  to  determine  fair  value 
when  fair  value  is  required  or  permitted.  Application  of  this  definition  may 
result in different fair values being determined for the relevant assets. 

AASB  13  also  expands  the  disclosure  requirements  for  all  assets  or  liabilities 
carried  at  fair  value.  This  includes  information  about  the  assumptions  made 
and the qualitative impact of those assumptions on the fair value determined. 

Consequential amendments were also made to other standards via AASB 2011-
8. 

Additional disclosures were made in Note 12. 

The  main  change  introduced  by  this  standard  is  to  revise  the  accounting  for 
defined benefit plans. The amendment removes the options for accounting for 
the  liability,  and  requires  that  the  liabilities  arising  from  such  plans  is 
recognised  in  full  with  actuarial  gains  and  losses  being  recognised  in  other 
comprehensive income. It also revised the method of calculating the return on 
plan assets. 

The  revised  standard  changes  the  definition  of  short-term  employee  benefits. 
The  distinction  between  short-term  and  other  long-term  employee  benefits  is 
now based on whether the benefits are expected to be settled wholly within 12 
months after the reporting date. 

Consequential amendments were also made to other standards via AASB 2011-
10. 

There is no material impact to The Group. 

(b) 

Basis of Consolidation 

(i)   Subsidiaries 

Subsidiaries are all those entities over which the Group has control.  
Subsidiaries  are  fully  consolidated  from  the  date  on  which  control  is  obtained  by  the  Group  and  cease  to  be 
consolidated from the date on which control is transferred out of the Group. 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

3. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) 

 (b) 

Basis of Consolidation (continued) 

(i)   Subsidiaries (continued) 

Control is achieved when the Group is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the 
investee  and  has  the  ability  to  affect  those  returns  through  its  power  over  the  investee.  Specifically,  the 
Consolidated Entity controls an investee if and only if the Group has: 
 

Power over the investee (i.e. existing rights that give it the current ability to direct the relevant activities of 
the investee) 
Exposure, or rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee, and 
The ability to use its power over the investee to affect its returns 

 
 

When the Group has less than a majority of the voting or similar rights of an investee, the Group considers all 
relevant facts and circumstances in assessing whether it has power over an investee, including: 
 
 
 

The contractual arrangement with the other vote holders of the investee 
Rights arising from other contractual arrangements 
The Group’s voting rights and potential voting rights 

The Group re-assesses whether or not it controls an investee if facts and circumstances indicate that there are 
changes  to  one  or  more  of  the  three  elements  of  control.  Consolidation  of  a  subsidiary  begins  when  the  Group 
obtains control over the subsidiary and ceases when the Group loses control of the subsidiary. Assets, liabilities, 
income  and  expenses  of  a  subsidiary  acquired  or  disposed  of  during  the  year  are  included  in  the  statement  of 
comprehensive  income  from  the  date  the  Group  gains  control  until  the  date  the  Group  ceases  to  control  the 
subsidiary. 

Profit  or  loss  and  each  component  of  other  comprehensive  income  are  attributed  to  the  equity  holders  of  the 
parent  of  the  Group  and  to  the  non-controlling  interests,  even  if  this  results  in  the  non-controlling  interests 
having  a  deficit  balance.  When  necessary,  adjustments  are  made  to  the  financial  statements  of  subsidiaries  to 
bring their accounting policies into line with the Group’s accounting policies. All intra- Group assets and liabilities, 
equity, income, expenses and cash flows relating to transactions between members of the Group are eliminated 
in full on consolidation. 

A change in the ownership interest of a subsidiary that does not result in a loss of control, is accounted for as an 
equity transaction. 

If the Group loses control over a subsidiary, it 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Derecognises the assets (including goodwill) and liabilities of the subsidiary. 
Derecognises the carrying amount of any non-controlling interest. 
Derecognises the cumulative translation differences, recorded in equity. 
Recognises the fair value of the consideration received. 
Recognises the fair value of any investment retained. 
Recognises any surplus or deficit in profit or loss. 
Reclassifies the parent's share of components previously recognised in other comprehensive income to profit 
or loss. 

The financial statements of the subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting period as the parent company, 
using  consistent  accounting  policies.  In  preparing  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  all  intercompany 
balances  and  transactions,  income  and  expenses  and  profit  and  losses  resulting  from  intragroup  transactions 
have been eliminated in full. 

(ii) 

Associate 

The  Group’s  investment  in  its  associate  is  accounted  for  using  the  equity  method  of  accounting  in  the 
consolidated financial statements.  The associate is an entity over which the Group has significant influence and 
that is neither a subsidiary nor a joint venture. 

The Group generally deems they have significant influence if they have over 20% of the voting rights. 

Under  the  equity  method,  investments  in  associates  are  carried  in  the  consolidated  statement  of  financial 
position  at  cost  plus  post-acquisition  changes  in  the  Group’s  share  of  net  assets  of  the  associate.    Goodwill 
relating  to  an  associate  is  included  in  the  carrying  amount  of  the  investment  and  is  not  amortised.    After 
application of the equity method, the Group determines whether it is necessary to recognise any impairment loss 
with respect to the Group’s net investment in associates. 

The Group’s share of its associates’ post-acquisition profit or losses is recognised in the income statement, and 
its  share  of  post-acquisition  movements  in  reserves  is  recognised  in  reserves.    The  cumulative  post-acquisition 
movements are adjusted against the carrying amount of the investment.  Dividends received from the associate 
reduce the carrying amount of the investment. 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

3. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) 

(b) 

Basis of Consolidation (continued) 

(ii) 

Associate (continued) 

When the Group’s share of losses in the associate equals or exceeds its interest in the associate, including any 
unsecured  long-term  receivables  or  loans,  the  Group  does  not  recognise  further  losses,  unless  it  has  incurred 
obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate. 

The associate’s accounting policies conform to those used by the Group for like transactions and events in similar 
circumstances. 

(iii)  Transactions Eliminated on Consolidation 

Intra-group  balances,  and  any  unrealised  gains  and  losses  or  income  and  expenses  arising  from  intra-group 
transactions,  are  eliminated  in  preparing  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  Unrealised  gains  arising  from 
transactions  with  associates  are  eliminated  to  the  extent  of  the  Group’s  interest  in  the  entity  with  adjustments 
made to the investment in the associate.  Unrealised losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealised gains, 
but  only  to  the  extent  that  there  is  no  evidence  of  impairment.  Gains  and  losses  are  recognised  as  the 
contributed assets are consumed or sold or, if not consumed or sold, when the Group’s interest in such entities is 
disposed of. 

 (c) 

Foreign Currency 

(i) 

Foreign currency transactions 

Transactions  in  foreign  currencies  are  converted  to  the  respective  functional  currencies  of  Group  entities  at 
exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies 
at the reporting date (except those representing the Group’s net investment in subsidiaries and its associate  
see  below)  are  retranslated  to  the  functional  currency  at  the  exchange  rate  at  that  date.  Foreign  exchange 
differences  arising  on  translation  are  recognised  in  the  income  statement.    Non-monetary  assets  and  liabilities 
that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rate at the 
date of the transaction. 

(ii)   Financial statements of foreign operations 

The  assets  and  liabilities  of  foreign  operations  are  translated  to  Australian  dollars,  applying  the  step  by  step 
method,  at  exchange  rates  ruling  at  the  reporting  date.  The  revenues  and  expenses  of  foreign  operations  are 
translated to Australian dollars at rates approximating the exchange rates ruling at the dates of the transactions. 
Foreign exchange differences arising on retranslation are recognised directly in a separate component of equity 
described as ‘foreign currency translation reserve’. They are released into the income statement upon disposal. 

(iii)  Net investment in foreign operations 

Exchange  differences  arising  from  the  translation  of  balances  representing  the  net  investment  in  foreign 
operations are taken to the foreign currency translation reserve.  

(d) 

Financial Instruments 

(i) 

Non-derivative financial instruments 

Non-derivative financial instruments comprise trade and other receivables, cash and cash equivalents, loans and 
borrowings, and trade and other payables. 

Non-derivative  financial  instruments  are  recognised  initially  at  fair  value  plus,  for  instruments  not  at  fair  value 
through profit or loss, any directly attributable transaction costs.  Subsequent to initial recognition non-derivative 
financial instruments are measured as described below. 

A financial instrument is recognised if the Group becomes party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.  
Financial  assets  are  derecognised  if  the  Group’s  contractual  rights  to  the  cash  flows  from  the  financial  asset 
expire or if the Group transfers the financial asset to another party without retaining control or substantially all 
risks and rewards of the asset.  Regular way purchases and sales of financial assets are accounted for at trade 
date,  i.e.,  the  date  that  the  Group  commits  itself  to  purchase  or  sell  the  asset.    Financial  liabilities  are 
derecognised if the Group’s obligations specified in the contract expire or are discharged or cancelled. 

Cash and cash equivalents - refer note 11 
Cash  and  cash  equivalents  comprise  cash  balances,  at  call  deposits  and  bank-endorsed  bills  of  exchange  at 
discounted value. 

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

3. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) 

(d) 

Financial Instruments (continued) 

(i) 

Non-derivative financial instruments (continued) 

Other financial assets - refer note 12 
Other financial assets comprise term deposits with financial institutions with maturities between 90 days and 365 
days.  Subsequent to initial recognition other financial assets are stated at amortised cost. 

Trade and other receivables - refer note 13 
Subsequent  to  initial  recognition,  trade  receivables  are  stated  at  their  amortised  cost,  less  impairment  losses.  
Normal settlement terms are 30 to 60 days.  The collectability of debts is assessed at balance date and specific 
allowance is made for any doubtful accounts.  Individual debts that are known to be uncollectible are written off 
when identified. An impairment allowance is recognised when there is objective evidence that the Group will not 
be able to collect the receivable. Financial difficulties of the debtor, default payments or debts more than 60 days 
overdue are considered objective  evidence of impairment. The amount  of the impairment loss  is the receivable 
carrying  amount  compared  to  the  present  value  of  estimated  future  cash  flows,  discounted  at  the  original 
effective interest rate. 

Trade and other payables - refer note 19 
Liabilities are recognised for amounts due to be paid in the future for goods or services received.  Subsequent to 
initial recognition, trade and other payables are stated at their amortised cost. 

Trade payables are non-interest bearing and are normally settled on 30-day terms. 

Borrowings - refer note 12 
Included  in  current  liabilities  is  an  amount  for  obligations  under  hire  purchase  contracts.  The  hire  purchase 
contracts  are  capitalised  at  commencement  of  the  contract  at  the  present  value  of  the  minimum  hire  purchase 
payments.  Hire purchase payments are apportioned between finance charges and reduction of the hire purchase 
liability.  Finance charges are recognised in finance costs in the income statement.  

Long term borrowings - refer note 12 
Included  in  non-current  liabilities  is  an  amount  owing  to  the  Government  of  Western  Australia  resulting  from  a 
loan  of  $14,346,000  restructured  in  January  2010.    The  loan  is  interest-free  with  annual  repayments 
commencing in May 2010 and concluding in May 2025. 

The non-interest bearing loan from the Government of Western Australia was recognised initially at fair value and 
subsequently stated at amortised cost using the effective interest method. The difference between the fair value 
and  face  value  of  the  loan  on  initial  recognition  is  accounted  for  as  a  government  grant  as  disclosed  in  note 
12(b). 

Contingent consideration - refer note 12 
Included in non-current liabilities is an amount owing to the owners of the non-controlling interest in Sprint Gas 
(Aust) Pty Ltd.  The contingent consideration was recognised initially at fair value and subsequently at fair value 
through profit and loss. 

(ii)  Derivative financial instruments 

The Group may use derivative financial instruments to mitigate its exposure to foreign exchange fluctuations and 
interest rate movements.  In accordance  with its treasury policy,  the  Group entity does not hold the derivative 
financial  instruments  for  trading  purposes.    However,  derivatives  that  do  not  qualify  for  hedge  accounting  are 
accounted for as trading instruments. 

Derivative financial instruments are recognised initially at fair value.  Subsequent to initial recognition, derivative 
financial instruments are stated at fair value.  Changes in the fair value of the derivative financial instrument that 
are not designated as cash flow hedging instruments are recognised in profit or loss. 

(e) 

Inventories – refer note 14 

Inventories  are  carried  at  the  lower  of  cost  and  net  realisable  value.    Inventory  is  valued  at  weighted  average 
cost  and  includes  expenditure  incurred  in  acquiring  the  inventories  and  bringing  them  to  their  present  location 
and  condition,  which  for  finished  goods  and  work  in  progress  includes  cost  of  direct  materials  and  direct 
manufacturing labour. 

Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the estimated costs of 
completion and selling expenses. 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

3. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) 

 (f) 

Plant and Equipment – refer note 17 

(i) 

Recognition and measurement 

Items of plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses.   

Cost includes expenditures that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset. 

(ii) 

Subsequent costs 

The cost of replacing part of an item of plant and equipment is recognised in the carrying amount of the item if it 
is probable that the future economic benefits embodied within the part will flow to the Group and its cost can be 
measured reliably.  The costs of day-to-day servicing of plant and equipment are recognised in profit or loss as 
incurred. 

(iii)  Depreciation and Amortisation 

Items of plant and equipment are depreciated/amortised on a straight line basis over their estimated useful lives.  
The  depreciation  rates  used  in  the  current  and  comparative  period  for  each  class  of  asset  are  as  follows:  Plant 
and Equipment 6.67% to 33.3%. Assets are depreciated or amortised from the date of acquisition.  

The  residual  value,  the  useful  life  and  the  depreciation  method  applied  to  an  asset  are  reassessed  at  least 
annually. 

(iv)  Asset Sales 

The net profit or loss from asset sales are included as other income or expenses of the Group.  The profit or loss 
on disposal of assets is brought to account at the date that an unconditional contract of sale is signed.  The profit 
or  loss  on  disposal  is  calculated  as  the  difference  between  the  carrying  amount  of  the  asset  at  the  time  of 
disposal and the net proceeds on disposal. 

(g) 

Intangibles and goodwill – refer note 18 

(i) 

Research and Development 

Expenditure on research activities, undertaken with the prospect of gaining new scientific or technical knowledge 
and understanding, is recognised in the income statement as an expense as incurred.   

Expenditure  on  development  activities,  whereby  research  findings  are  applied  to  a  plan  or  design  for  the 
production  of  new  or  substantially  improved  products  and  processes,  is  capitalised  if  the  product  or  process  is 
technically and commercially feasible and the Group has sufficient resources to complete development.   

Expenditure  on  intangibles  which  may  be  capitalised  includes  the  cost  of  materials  and  direct  labour.  Other 
development  expenditure  is  recognised  in  the  income  statement  as  an  expense  as  incurred.  Capitalised 
expenditure is stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses.  Amortisation is charged to 
the  income  statement  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  estimated  useful  lives  of  intangible  assets  unless  such 
lives are indefinite. 

(ii) 

Patents, Licences and Technologies 

Patents,  licences  and  technology  development  and  maintenance  costs,  not  qualifying  for  capitalisation,  are 
expensed as incurred. 

(iii)  Goodwill 

Goodwill  acquired  in  a  business  combination  is  initially  measured  at  cost  being  the  excess  of  the  cost  of  the 
business combination over the Group's interest in the net fair value of the acquiree's identifiable assets, liabilities 
and contingent liabilities. 

Following initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. 

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is, from the acquisition date, 
allocated to each of the Group's cash-generating units, or groups of cash-generating units, that are expected to 
benefit from the synergies of the combination, irrespective of whether other assets or liabilities of the Group are 
assigned to those units or groups of units. 

Impairment  is  determined  by  assessing  the  recoverable  amount  of  the  cash-generating  unit  (group  of  cash-
generating units), to which the goodwill relates. 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

3. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) 

(g) 

Intangibles and goodwill (continued) – refer note 18 

(iii)  Goodwill (continued) 

When  the  recoverable  amount  of  the  cash-generating  unit  (group  of  cash-generating  units)  is  less  than  the 
carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognised. When goodwill forms part of a cash-generating unit (group of 
cash-generating  units)  and  an  operation  within  that  unit  is  disposed  of,  the  goodwill  associated  with  the 
operation disposed of is included in the carrying amount of the operation when determining the gain or loss on 
disposal  of  the  operation.  Goodwill  disposed  of  in  this  manner  is  measured  based  on  the  relative  values  of  the 
operation  disposed  of  and  the  portion  of  the  cash-generating  unit  retained.  Impairment  losses  recognised  for 
goodwill are not subsequently reversed. 

(h) 

Impairment 

(i) 

Financial assets 

A financial asset is considered to be impaired if objective evidence indicates that one or more events have had a 
negative effect on the estimated future cash flows of that asset. 

An  impairment  loss  in  respect  of  a  financial  asset  measured  at  amortised  cost  is  calculated  as  the  difference 
between its carrying amount, and the present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the original 
effective  interest  rate.    An  impairment  loss  in  respect  of  an  available-for-sale  financial  asset  is  calculated  by 
reference to its current fair value. 

Individually significant financial assets are tested for impairment on an individual basis.  The remaining financial 
assets are assessed collectively in groups that share similar credit risk characteristics. 

All  impairment  losses  are  recognised  in  profit  or  loss.    Any  cumulative  loss  in  respect  of  an  available-for-sale 
financial asset recognised previously in equity is transferred to profit or loss. 

An  impairment  loss  is  reversed  if  the  reversal  can  be  related  objectively  to  an  event  occurring  after  the 
impairment loss was recognised.  For financial assets measured at amortised cost and available-for-sale financial 
assets that are debt securities, the reversal is recognised in profit or loss.  For available-for-sale financial assets 
that are equity securities, the reversal is recognised directly in equity. 

(ii)  Non-financial assets 

The  carrying  amounts  of  the  Group’s  non-financial  assets,  other  than  inventories  and  deferred  tax  assets,  are 
reviewed  at  each  reporting  date  to  determine  whether  there  is  any  indication  of  impairment.    If  any  such 
indication exists then the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. 

An  impairment  loss  is  recognised  if  the  carrying  amount  of  an  asset  or  its  cash-generating  unit  exceeds  its 
recoverable  amount.    A  cash-generating  unit  is  the  smallest  identifiable  asset  group  that  generates  cash  flows 
that largely are independent from other assets and groups.  Impairment losses are recognised in profit or loss.  
Impairment  losses  recognised  in  respect  of  cash-generating  units  are  allocated  first  to  reduce  the  carrying 
amount of any goodwill allocated to the units and then to reduce the carrying amount of the other assets in the 
unit (group of units) on a pro rata basis. 

The recoverable amount of an asset or  cash-generating unit  is the greater of its value in use and its fair value 
less  costs  to  sell.    In  assessing  value  in  use,  the  estimated  future  cash  flows  are  discounted  to  their  present 
value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the 
risks specific to the asset. 

An  impairment  loss  in  respect  of  goodwill  is  not  reversed.    In  respect  of  other  assets,  impairment  losses 
recognised in prior periods are assessed at each reporting date for any indications that the loss has decreased or 
no longer exists.  An impairment loss is reversed if there has been a change in estimates used to determine the 
recoverable  amount.    An  impairment  loss  is  reversed  only  to  the  extent  that  the  asset’s  carrying  amount  does 
not  exceed  the  carrying  amount  that  would  have  been  determined,  net  of  depreciation  or  amortisation,  if  no 
impairment loss had been recognised. 

Impairment  is  determined  by  assessing  the  recoverable  amount  of  the  cash-generating  unit  (group  of  cash-
generating units), to which the goodwill relates. 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

3. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) 

 (i) 

Share Capital – refer note 25 

i)  

Issued Capital 

Share capital is recognised at the fair value of the consideration received. 

(ii)  Dividends  

Dividends are recognised as a liability in the period in which they are declared. 

(iii)  Transaction Costs 

Transaction  costs  of  an  equity  transaction  are  accounted  for  as  a  deduction  from  equity,  net  of  any  related 
income tax benefit. 

(j) 

Employee Benefits 

(i) 

Short-term benefits - refer note 21 

The provisions for employee entitlements expected to be settled within 12 months of year end represent present 
obligations  resulting  from  employees’  services  provided  up  to  the  balance  date,  calculated  at  undiscounted 
amounts based on employee benefits that the Group expects to pay as at the reporting date including related on-
costs, such as workers’ compensation and payroll tax.  Expenses for non-accumulating sick leave are recognised 
when the leave is taken and are measured at the rates paid or payable  

(ii) 

Long Service Leave - refer note 21 

The  provision  for  employee  entitlements  to  long  service  leave  represents  the  present  value  of  the  estimated 
future cash outflows to be made resulting from employees’ services provided up to balance sheet date. 

The provision is calculated using estimated future increases in wage and salary rates including related on-costs 
and expected settlement dates based on the Group’s experience with staff departures and is discounted using the 
rates attached to national government securities at balance sheet date, which most closely  match the terms of 
maturity of the related liabilities. 

(iii)  Defined Contribution Superannuation Fund - refer note 33 

Obligations for contributions to the defined contribution superannuation fund are recognised as an expense in the 
income statement as incurred. 

(iv)  Share-based payment transactions - refer note 32 

Employees  have  been  offered  the  right  to  take  up  shares  in  the  Company  under  three  plans  (i)  the  Employee 
Share Plan No.1 provides $1,000 of shares per annum and is subject to qualification by length of service, (ii) the 
Executive  Long  Term  Share  Plan  (“ELTSP”)  is  subject  to  qualification  by  length  of  service  and  achievement  of 
corporate performance targets related to returns to shareholders, and (iii) the Performance Rights Plan is subject 
to qualification by length of service and achievement of share price targets. 

The fair value of rights granted to employees is recognised as an employee benefit expense with a corresponding 
increase  in  equity.    The  fair  value  of  the  shares  granted  under  the  Employee  Share  Plan  No.1  is  based  on  the 
market price of the shares on the  date of  issue.  The fair value of  the  ELTSP is  measured at grant  date  taking 
into  account  market  performance  conditions  only,  and  spread  over  the  vesting  period  during  which  the 
employees  become  unconditionally  entitled  to  the  performance–based  shares.    The  fair  value  of  the  shares 
granted based on a Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”) basis is measured using a Monte-Carlo simulation model.  
The fair value of the shares granted based on an Earnings Per Share (“EPS”) basis are based on the market price 
of the shares on the date of issue. The amount recognised as an expense is adjusted to reflect the actual number 
of shares that vest except where forfeiture is only due to market conditions that are not met.  The fair value of 
the  Performance  Rights  is  measured  at  grant  date  taking  into  account  the  share  price  targets  and  spread  over 
the expected life of the rights. 

(k) 

Provisions – refer note 24 

A provision is recognised if, as a result of a past event, the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation 
that can be estimated reliably, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle 
the  obligation.    Provisions  are  determined  by  discounting  the  expected  future  cash  flows  at  a  pre-tax  rate  that 
reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. 

Provision for warranty is recognised when the underlying products are sold.  The provision is based on historical 
claim data. 

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

3. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) 

 (l) 

Revenue Recognition 

Revenues  are  recognised  and  measured  at  the  fair  value  of  the  consideration  received  net  of  the  amount  of 
goods and services tax (GST).  Exchanges of goods or services of the same nature and value without any cash 
consideration are not recognised as revenues. 

(i) 

Revenue from Rendering of Services 

Revenue from services rendered is recognised in the income statement in proportion to the stage of completion 
of the transaction at the reporting date. The stage of completion is assessed by reference to the extent of work 
performed. No revenue is recognised if there are significant uncertainties regarding recovery of the consideration 
due. 

Revenue received in advance represents cash payments received from customers in accordance with contractual 
commitments prior to the performance of the service. 

(ii) 

Sale of goods 

Revenue  from  the  sale  of  goods  is  recognised  when  there  is  persuasive  evidence,  usually  in  the  form  of  an 
executed  sales  agreement  at  the  time  of  delivery  of  the  goods  to  customer,  indicating  that  there  has  been  a 
transfer of risks and rewards to the customer, no further work or processing is required, the quantity and quality 
of the goods has been determined, the price is fixed and generally title has passed. 

(iii)  Licence and royalties 

Revenue earned under various licence, royalty and other agreements is recognised on an accrual basis upon the 
satisfactory  completion  of  contracted  technical  specifications.    Additional  revenue  may  be  earned  after  a  fixed 
time  interval  or  after  delivery  of  a  prototype  engine  and/or  hardware  meeting  specified  performance  targets, 
provided the licence agreements are not terminated.  Under the terms of the licence agreements, licensees are 
not specifically obliged to commence production and sale of engines using Orbital Technology and may terminate 
the  agreements  upon  notice  to  Orbital.    If  a  licensee  were  to  terminate  its  licence  agreement  with  Orbital,  the 
licensee  would  forfeit  the  licence  and  any  technical  disclosure  fees  paid  through  to  the  date  of  termination.  
Revenue under royalty agreements is recognised when such amounts become due and payable. 

(iv) 

Interest Revenue 

Revenue is recognised as interest accrues using the effective interest method. 

(v)  Dividends 

Revenue is recognised when the Group’s right to receive the payment is established. 

(m) 

Operating Leases 

Payments made under operating leases are recognised in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the 
term of the lease. 

(n) 

Finance Expense 

Borrowing  costs  directly  attributable  to  the  acquisition,  construction  or  production  of  a  qualifying  asset  (i.e.  an 
asset that necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use or sale) are capitalised 
as part of the cost of that asset. All other borrowing costs are expensed in the period they occur. 

Borrowing  costs  consist  of  interest  and  other  costs  that  an  entity  incurs  in  connection  with  the  borrowing  of 
funds. 

 (o) 

Income Tax – refer note 9 

(i) 

Current income tax expense and liability 

Income  tax  on  the  profit  or  loss  for  the  year  presented  comprises  current  and  deferred  tax.  Income  tax  is 
recognised in the income statement except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity, in 
which case it is recognised in equity. 

Current  tax  is  the  expected  tax  payable  on  the  taxable  income  for  the  year,  using  tax  rates  enacted  or 
substantially enacted at the balance sheet date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years. 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

3. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) 

 (o) 

Income Tax (continued) – refer note 9 

(ii)  Deferred income tax expense and liability 

Deferred  tax  is  provided  using  the  balance  sheet  liability  method,  providing  for  temporary  differences  between 
the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation 
purposes.  The amount of deferred tax provided is based on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of 
the  carrying  amount  of  assets  and  liabilities,  using  tax  rates  enacted  or  substantively  enacted  at  the  balance 
sheet date. 

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available 
against  which  the  asset  can  be  utilised.    Deferred  tax  assets  are  reduced  to  the  extent  that  it  is  no  longer 
probable that the related tax benefit will be realised. 

(iii)  Tax Consolidation 

The Company and its wholly-owned Australian resident entities have formed a tax-consolidated group with effect 
from  1  July  2002  and  are  therefore  taxed  as  a  single  entity  from  that  date.    The  head  entity  within  the  tax-
consolidated group is Orbital Corporation Limited. 

(p) 

Operating Segments – refer note 5 

An  operating  segment  is  a  component  of  an  entity  that  engages  in  business  activities  from  which  it  may  earn 
revenues and incur expenses (including revenues and expenses relating to transactions with other components of 
the  same  entity),  whose  operating  results  are  regularly  reviewed  by  the  entity's  executive  management  team 
(the  chief  operating  decision  maker)  to  make  decisions  about  resources  to  be  allocated  to  the  segment  and 
assess  its  performance  and  for  which  discrete  financial  information  is  available.  Management  will  also  consider 
other  factors  in  determining  operating  segments  such  as  the  existence  of  a  line  manager  and  the  level  of 
segment information presented to the executive management team. 

The group aggregates two or more operating segments when they have similar economic characteristics, and the 
segments are similar in each of the following respects: 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

Nature of the products and services, 
Nature of the production processes, 
Type or class of customer for the products and services, 
Methods used to distribute the products or provide the services, and if applicable 
Nature of the regulatory environment. 

Operating  segments  that  meet  the  quantitative  criteria  as  prescribed  by  AASB  8  are  reported  separately. 
However,  an  operating  segment  that  does  not  meet  the  quantitative  criteria  is  still  reported  separately  where 
information about the segment would be useful to users of the financial statements. 

Information  about  other  business  activities  and  operating  segments  that  are  below  the  quantitative  criteria  are 
combined and disclosed in a separate category for “all other segments”. 

(q) 

Goods and Services Tax 

Revenue, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of goods and services tax (GST), except where 
the amount of GST incurred is not recoverable from the taxation authority.  In these circumstances, the GST is 
recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of the asset or as part of the expense. 

Receivables  and  payables  are  stated  with  the  amounts  of  GST  included.    The  net  amount  of  GST  recoverable 
from, or payable to, the Australian Taxation Office is included as a current asset or liability in the statement of 
financial position. 

Cash  flows  are  included  in  the  statement  of  cash  flows  on  a  gross  basis.    The  GST  components  of  cash  flows 
arising from investing and financing activities which are recoverable from, or payable to, the ATO are classified 
as operating cash flows. 

 (r) 

Earnings Per Share – refer note 10 

The  Group  presents  basic  and  diluted  earnings  per  share  (EPS)  data  for  its  ordinary  shares.    Basic  EPS  is 
calculated  by  dividing  the  profit  or  loss  attributable  to  ordinary  shareholders  of  the  Company  by  the  weighted 
average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period. 

Diluted EPS is determined by adjusting the profit or loss attributable to ordinary shareholders and the weighted 
average number of ordinary shares outstanding for the effects of all dilutive potential ordinary shares. 

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

3. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) 

 (s) 

Government Grants – refer note 23 

Government grants are recognised in the Statement of Financial Position as a liability when the grant is received. 
Government grants are recognised as  income over  the periods  necessary to match  them with the related  costs 
which they are intended to compensate, on a systematic basis. Government grants received on compensation for 
expenses  and  losses  already  incurred  or  for  the  purpose  of  giving  immediate  financial  support  are  recognised 
immediately in profit and loss for the period. 

When  the  grant  relates  to  a  discount  on  services  to  be  rendered  in  the  future,  the  fair  value  is  credited  to 
deferred  revenue  and  is  released  to  the  income  statement  over  the  periods  that  the  discounted  services  are 
rendered. 

When the grant relates to an asset (investment grants relating to the  construction of a heavy duty  engine  test 
facility), the fair value is credited to deferred income and is released to the income statement over the expected 
useful life of the relevant asset by equal annual instalments. 

(t) 

Business Combinations 

Business  combinations  are  accounted  for  using  the  acquisition  method.  The  consideration  transferred  in  a 
business  combination  shall  be  measured  at  fair  value,  which  shall  be  calculated  as  the  sum  of  the  acquisition 
date fair values of the assets transferred by the acquirer, the liabilities incurred by the acquirer to former owners 
of  the  acquiree  and  the  equity  issued  by  the  acquirer,  and  the  amount  of  any  non-controlling  interest  in  the 
acquiree.  For  each  business  combination,  the  acquirer  measures  the  non-controlling  interest  in  the  acquiree 
either  at  fair  value  or  at  the  proportionate  share  of  the  acquiree's  identifiable  net  assets.    Acquisition-related 
costs are expensed as incurred, and included in administrative expenses. 

When  the  Group  acquires  a  business,  it  assesses  the  financial  assets  and  liabilities  assumed  for  appropriate 
classification  and  designation  in  accordance  with  the  contractual  terms,  economic  conditions,  the  Group’s 
operating  or  accounting  policies  and  other  pertinent  conditions  as  at  the  acquisition  date.  This  includes  the 
separation of embedded derivatives in host contracts by the acquiree. 

If the business combination is achieved in stages, the acquisition date fair value of the acquirer's previously held 
equity interest in the acquiree is remeasured to fair value at the acquisition date through profit or loss. 

Any contingent consideration to be transferred by the acquirer will be recognised at fair value at the acquisition 
date.  Subsequent  changes  to  the  fair  value  of  the  contingent  consideration  which  is  deemed  to  be  an  asset  or 
liability  will  be  recognised  in  accordance  with  AASB  139  either  in  profit  or  loss  or  as  a  change  to  other 
comprehensive income. If the contingent consideration is classified as equity, it should not be remeasured until it 
is finally settled within equity. 

(u) 

New standards and interpretations not yet effective 

The following standards, amendments to standards and interpretations have been identified as those which may 
impact the entity in the period of initial application.  They are available for early adoption at 30 June 2014, but 
have not been applied in preparing this financial report: 

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

Application 
date of 
standard * 
1 January 2018  1 July 2018 

Application 
date for 
Group* 

3. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) 

(u) 

New standards and interpretations not yet effective (continued) 

Reference 

Title 

Summary 

AASB 9 
(IFRS 9) 

Financial 
Instruments 

On 24 July 2014 The IASB issued the final 
version of IFRS 9 which replaces IAS 39 and 
includes a logical model for classification and 
measurement, a single, forward-looking 
‘expected loss’ impairment model and a 
substantially-reformed approach to hedge 
accounting. 
IFRS 9 is effective for annual periods 
beginning on or after 1 January 2018. 
However, the Standard is available for early 
application. The own credit changes can be 
early applied in isolation without otherwise 
changing the accounting for financial 
instruments. 

The final version of IFRS 9 introduces a new 
expected-loss impairment model that will 
require more timely recognition of expected 
credit losses. Specifically, the new Standard 
requires entities to account for expected 
credit losses from when financial instruments 
are first recognised and to recognise full 
lifetime expected losses on a more timely 
basis. 

The AASB is yet to issue the final version of 
AASB 9. A revised version of AASB 9 (AASB 
2013-9) was issued in December 2013 which 
included the new hedge accounting 
requirements, including changes to hedge 
effectiveness testing, treatment of hedging 
costs, risk components that can be hedged 
and disclosures. 

AASB 9 includes requirements for a simplified 
approach for classification and measurement 
of financial assets compared with the 
requirements of AASB 139. 

The main changes are described below. 

a.  Financial assets that are debt 

instruments will be classified based on 
(1) the objective of the entity's business 
model for managing the financial assets; 
(2) the characteristics of the contractual 
cash flows. 

b.  Allows an irrevocable election on initial 
recognition to present gains and losses 
on investments in equity instruments 
that are not held for trading in other 
comprehensive income. Dividends in 
respect of these investments that are a 
return on investment can be recognised 
in profit or loss and there is no 
impairment or recycling on disposal of 
the instrument. 

50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

3. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) 

(u) 

New standards and interpretations not yet effective (continued) 

Reference 

Title 

Summary 

AASB 9 
(IFRS 9) 

Financial 
Instruments 

AASB  
2012-3 

Amendments to 
Australian 
Accounting 
Standards - 
Offsetting Financial 
Assets and 
Financial Liabilities 

Interpreta-
tion 21 

Levies 

AASB  
2013-3 

Amendments to 
AASB 136 – 
Recoverable 
Amount Disclosures 
for Non-Financial 
Assets 

c.  Financial assets can be designated 
and measured at fair value through 
profit or loss at initial recognition if 
doing so eliminates or significantly 
reduces a measurement or recognition 
inconsistency that would arise from 
measuring assets or liabilities, or 
recognising the gains and losses on 
them, on different bases. 

d.  Where the fair value option is used for 
financial liabilities the change in fair 
value is to be accounted for as 
follows: 

►  The change attributable to 

changes in credit risk are 
presented in other comprehensive 
income (OCI) 

►  The remaining change is 

presented in profit or loss 

AASB  9  also  removes  the  volatility  in 
profit or loss that was caused by changes 
in  the  credit  risk  of  liabilities  elected  to 
be measured at fair value. This change in 
accounting  means  that  gains  caused  by 
the deterioration of an entity’s own credit 
risk  on  such  liabilities  are  no  longer 
recognised in profit or loss. 

Consequential amendments were also 
made to other standards as a result of 
AASB 9, introduced by AASB 2009-11 and 
superseded by AASB 2010-7, AASB 2010-
10 and AASB 2014-1 – Part E. 

AASB 2012-3 adds application guidance to 
AASB 132 Financial Instruments: 
Presentation to address inconsistencies 
identified in applying some of the offsetting 
criteria of AASB 132, including clarifying 
the meaning of "currently has a legally 
enforceable right of set-off" and that some 
gross settlement systems may be 
considered equivalent to net settlement. 

This Interpretation confirms that a liability 
to pay a levy is only recognised when the 
activity that triggers the payment occurs.  
Applying the going concern assumption 
does not create a constructive obligation. 

AASB 2013-3 amends the disclosure 
requirements in AASB 136 Impairment of 
Assets (IAS 36). The amendments include 
the requirement to disclose additional 
information about the fair value 
measurement when the recoverable 
amount of impaired assets is based on fair 
value less costs of disposal.   

51 

Application 
date of 
standard * 
1 January 
2018 

Application 
date for 
Group* 
1 July 2018 

1 January 
2014 

1 July 2014 

1 January 
2014 

1 July 2014 

1 January 
2014 

1 July 2014 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

Application 
date of 
standard * 
1 July 2014 

Application 
date for Group* 

1 July 2014 

3. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) 

(u) 

New standards and interpretations not yet effective (continued) 

Reference 

Title 

Summary 

AASB 2014-
1  
Part A -
Annual 
Improveme
nts  
2010–2012 
Cycle  

Amendments to 
Australian 
Accounting 
Standards  - 
Part A  
Annual 
Improvements 
to IFRSs 2010–
2012 Cycle 

AASB 2014-1 Part A: This standard sets out 
amendments to Australian Accounting 
Standards arising from the issuance by the 
International Accounting Standards Board 
(IASB) of International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRSs) Annual Improvements to 
IFRSs 2010–2012 Cycle and Annual 
Improvements to IFRSs 2011–2013 Cycle. 

Annual Improvements to IFRSs 2010–2012 
Cycle  addresses the following items: 

►  AASB 2 - Clarifies the definition of 'vesting 

conditions' and 'market condition' and 
introduces the definition of 'performance 
condition' and 'service condition'. 

►  AASB 3 - Clarifies the classification 

requirements for contingent consideration 
in a business combination by removing all 
references to AASB 137. 

►  AASB 8 - Requires entities to disclose 
factors used to identify the entity's 
reportable segments when operating 
segments have been aggregated.  An entity 
is also required to provide a reconciliation 
of total reportable segments' asset to the 
entity's total assets.   

►  AASB 116 & AASB 138 - Clarifies that the 

determination of accumulated depreciation 
does not depend on the selection of the 
valuation technique and that it is calculated 
as the difference between the gross and 
net carrying amounts. 

►  AASB 124 - Defines a management entity 
providing KMP services as a related party 
of the reporting entity. The amendments 
added an exemption from the detailed 
disclosure requirements in paragraph 17 of 
AASB 124 for KMP services provided by a 
management entity. Payments made to a 
management entity in respect of KMP 
services should be separately disclosed.  

AASB 2014-
1  
Part A -
Annual 
Improveme
nts  
2011–2013 
Cycle  

Amendments to 
Australian 
Accounting 
Standards  - 
Part A  
Annual 
Improvements 
to IFRSs 2011–
2013 Cycle 

Annual Improvements to IFRSs 2011–2013 
Cycle  addresses the following items: 

►  AASB13 - Clarifies that the portfolio 

exception in paragraph 52 of AASB 13 
applies to all contracts within the scope of 
AASB 139 or AASB 9, regardless of 
whether they meet the definitions of 
financial assets or financial liabilities as 
defined in AASB 132. 

1 July 2014 

1 July 2014 

►  AASB40 - Clarifies that judgment is needed 

to determine whether an acquisition of 
investment property is solely the 
acquisition of an investment property or 
whether it is the acquisition of a group of 
assets or a business combination in the 
scope of AASB 3 that includes an 
investment property. That judgment is 
based on guidance in AASB 3. 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

Application 
date of 
standard * 
1 January 2016  1 July 2016 

Application 
date for 
Group* 

1 January 2017  1 July 2017 

3. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) 

(u) 

New standards and interpretations not yet effective (continued) 

Reference 

Title 

Summary 

Amendments 
to IAS 16 
and  
IAS 38 ** 

Clarification of 
Acceptable 
Methods of 
Depreciation 
and 
Amortisation 
(Amendments 
to 
IAS 16 and  
IAS 38) 

IFRS 15 ** 

Revenue from 
Contracts with 
Customers 

IAS 16 and IAS 38 both establish the 
principle for the basis of depreciation and 
amortisation as being the expected pattern of 
consumption of the future economic benefits 
of an asset.  

The IASB has clarified that the use of 
revenue-based methods to calculate the 
depreciation of an asset is not appropriate 
because revenue generated by an activity 
that includes the use of an asset generally 
reflects factors other than the consumption of 
the economic benefits embodied in the asset. 

The IASB also clarified that revenue is 
generally presumed to be an inappropriate 
basis for measuring the consumption of the 
economic benefits embodied in an intangible 
asset. This presumption, however, can be 
rebutted in certain limited circumstances. 

In May 2014, the IASB issued IFRS 15 
Revenue from Contracts with Customers, 
which replaces IAS 11 Construction 
Contracts, 
IAS 18 Revenue and related Interpretations 
(IFRIC 13 Customer Loyalty Programmes, 
IFRIC 15 Agreements for the Construction of 
Real Estate, IFRIC 18 Transfers of Assets 
from Customers and  SIC-31 Revenue—
Barter Transactions Involving Advertising 
Services). 

The core principle of IFRS 15 is that an entity 
recognises revenue to depict the transfer of 
promised goods or services to customers in 
an amount that reflects the consideration to 
which the entity expects to be entitled in 
exchange for those goods or services. An 
entity recognises revenue in accordance with 
that core principle by applying the following 
steps: 

(a) Step 1: Identify the contract(s) with a 

customer 

(b) Step 2: Identify the performance  

obligations in the contract 

(c) Step 3: Determine the transaction price 

(d) Step 4: Allocate the transaction price to 

the performance obligations in the 
contract 

(e) Step 5: Recognise revenue when (or as) 

the entity satisfies a performance 
obligation 

Early application of this standard is permitted. 

*  

** 

Designates the beginning of the applicable annual reporting period unless otherwise stated. 

These IFRS amendments have not yet been adopted by the AASB.  

The adoption of the standards and interpretations effective from 1 July 2014 will have no impact on the financial 
position or performance of the Group. 

The Directors have not yet determined the impact of new and amended accounting standards and interpretations 
applicable from 1 July 2015.  

(v) 

Comparatives 

Certain comparatives have been reclassified to conform with current year presentation. 

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

4. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS, ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS  

The  preparation  of  the  financial  statements  requires  management  to  make  judgments,  estimates  and 
assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the financial statements.  Management continually evaluates its 
judgments  and  estimates  in  relation  to  assets,  liabilities,  contingent  liabilities,  revenue  and  expenses.  
Management bases its judgments and estimates on historical experience and on other various factors it believes 
to be reasonable under the circumstances, the result of which form the basis of the carrying values of the assets 
and liabilities  that are not  readily apparent from other sources.  Actual results may differ from these estimates 
under different assumptions and conditions. 

Management  has  identified  the  following  critical  accounting  policies  for  which  significant  judgments,  estimates 
and  assumptions  are  made.    Actual  results  may  differ  from  these  estimates  under  different  assumptions  and 
conditions and may materially affect financial results or the financial position reported in future periods. 

Further  details  of  the  nature  of  these  assumptions  and  conditions  may  be  found  in  the  relevant  notes  to  the 
financial statements. 

(a) 

Significant accounting judgements 

Capitalised development costs 

Development costs are only capitalised when it can be demonstrated that the technical feasibility of completing 
the intangible asset is valid so that the asset will be available for use or sale.   

Consolidation of Sprint Gas (Aust) Pty Ltd 

On  27  May  2011,  Orbital  Autogas  Systems  Pty  Ltd  acquired 55%  of  the  voting  shares  of  Sprint  Gas  (Aust)  Pty 
Ltd,  a  new  company  incorporated  to  acquire  the  operating  business  of  Sprint  Gas,  an  Australian  business 
specializing in the importation and wholesaling of LPG Fuel systems.  Concurrently with the entering into of the 
Business  Acquisition  Agreement,  the  Group  entered  into  a  Subscription  and  Shareholders  Agreement  with  the 
owners  of  the  45%  non-controlling  interest  in  Sprint  Gas  (Aust)  Pty  Ltd.    As  part  of  the  Subscription  and 
Shareholders  Agreement  Put  and  Call  options  were  issued  over  the  remaining  45%  non-controlling  interest. 
Management has determined that the Put and Call options, exercisable after 30 months, are in nature a forward 
contract  and  in  substance  represent  contingent  consideration.    The  Group  has  accounted  for  the  business 
combination as though it acquired a 100% interest and has recognised a financial liability to the non-controlling 
shareholders  equal  to  the  fair  value  of  the  underlying  obligations  under  the  Put  and  Call  option  (Contingent 
consideration liability).  

(b) 

Significant accounting estimates and assumptions 

Taxation 

Judgment is required in assessing whether deferred tax assets and certain deferred tax liabilities are recognised 
on the Statement of Financial Position. Deferred tax assets, including those arising from unrecouped tax losses, 
capital  losses  and  temporary  differences,  are  recognised  only  where  it  is  considered  more  likely  than  not  that 
they  will  be  recovered,  which  is  dependent  on  the  generation  of  sufficient  future  taxable  profits.  Assumptions 
about  the  generation  of  future  taxable  profits  and  repatriation  of  retained  earnings  depend  on  management's 
estimates  of  future  cash  flows.  These  depend  on  estimates  of  future  production  and  sales  volumes,  operating 
costs,  capital  expenditure,  dividends  and  other  capital  management  transactions.  Judgments  are  also  required 
about  the  application  of  income  tax  legislation.  These  judgments  and  assumptions  are  subject  to  risk  and 
uncertainty, hence there is a possibility that changes in circumstances will alter expectations, which may impact 
the amount of deferred tax  assets and deferred tax liabilities recognised on the Statement of Financial Position 
and the amount of other tax losses and temporary differences not yet recognised. In such circumstances, some 
or all of the carrying amounts of recognised deferred tax assets and liabilities may require adjustment, resulting 
in a corresponding credit or charge to the income statement. 

Share-based payment transactions 

The Group measures the cost of equity-settled transactions with employees by reference to the fair value of the 
equity instruments at the date at which they are granted. The fair value of shares granted under the Employee 
Share Plan No.1 is the market value on the date of issue.  The fair value of the TSR related Executive Long Term 
Share  Plan  rights  is  determined  by  an  external  valuer  using  a  monte-carlo  simulation  model,  with  the 
assumptions  detailed  in  note  32.    The  fair value  of  the  performance  rights  is  determined  by  an  external  valuer 
using  a  monte-carlo  simulation  model,  with  assumptions  detailed  in  note  32.    The  accounting  estimates  and 
assumptions relating to equity-settled share-based payments would have no impact on the carrying amounts of 
assets and liabilities within the next annual reporting period but may impact expenses and equity.  

54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

4. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS, ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS (CONTINUED) 

(b) 

Significant accounting estimates and assumptions (continued) 

Impairment of non-financial assets 

The Group assesses impairment of all assets at each reporting date by evaluating conditions specific to the Group 
and to the particular asset that may lead to impairment. These include product and manufacturing performance, 
technology,  economic  and  political  environments  and  future  product  expectations.    If  an  impairment  trigger 
exists  the  recoverable  amount  of  the  asset  is  determined.    Given  the  current  uncertain  economic  environment 
management considered that the indicators of impairment were significant enough and as such these assets have 
been  tested  for  impairment  in  this  financial  period.    Value  in  use  models,  based  on  approved  budgets  and 
forecasts, have been used to assess impairments of each cash generating unit.  The cash flows are derived from 
budgets  approved  by  management  and  do  not  include  restructuring  activities  that  the  Group  is  not  yet 
committed to or significant future investments that will enhance the asset’s performance of the cash generating 
unit being tested.  The recoverable amount is most sensitive to gross sales and gross margins used in the value 
in  use  models.    The  key  assumptions  used  to  determine  the  recoverable  amount  for  the  different  CGUs  are, 
disclosed and further explained in Note 17 and Note 18. 

As  a  result  of  these  assessments,  the  Company  has  impaired  the  goodwill  previously  recognised  on  the 
acquisitions of Orbital Autogas Systems and Sprint Gas in 2013.  Refer to note 18 for more information. 

Impairment of goodwill, intangibles with indefinite useful lives and plant and equipment 

The  Group  determines  whether  goodwill  and  intangibles  with  indefinite  useful  lives  are  impaired  at  least  on  an 
annual basis. This requires an estimation of the recoverable amount of the cash-generating units, using a value 
in  use  discounted  cash  flow  methodology,  to  which  the  goodwill  and  intangibles  with  indefinite  useful  lives  are 
allocated. Refer to Note 18 for further information. 

Plant  and  equipment  are  tested  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  value 
exceeds its recoverable amount.  Recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and 
value in use.  Refer to Note 17 for further information. 

Product warranty 

In determining the level of provision required for product warranties the Group has made judgments in respect of 
the expected performance of the product, number of customers who will actually use the product warranty and 
how often, and the costs of fulfilling the performance of the product warranty. Historical experience and current 
knowledge  of  the  performance  of  products  has  been  used  in  determining  this  provision.  The  related  carrying 
amounts are disclosed in note 24. 

Revenue from rendering of services 

Revenue from services rendered is recognised in the income statement in proportion to the stage of completion 
of the transaction at the reporting date. The stage of completion is assessed by reference to the extent of work 
performed. No revenue is recognised if there are significant uncertainties regarding recovery of the consideration 
due. 

Recognition of contingent consideration 

The Group has measured the value of the contingent consideration liability by reference to the fair values of the 
underlying obligations under the Put and Call options that give rise to the liability.  In determining the fair values 
of  underlying  obligations  under  the  Put  and  Call  options  the  Group  has  made  judgments  in  respect  of  the 
expected  earnings  before  interest,  depreciation  and  amortisation  expected  to  be  generated  by  the  business 
during the calculation period.    

Other Provisions 

The other provisions account includes a provision for restoration obligations relating to SUAS engines sold in the 
previous  year.    In  determining  the  level  of  provision  required  for  restoration  obligations  the  Group  has  made 
judgments in respect of the expected expenditures required to fulfill the obligation.  

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

 5. 

OPERATING SEGMENTS 

Identification of reportable segments 

The group has identified its operating segments based on the internal reports that are reviewed and used by the 
executive management team (the chief operating decision makers) in assessing performance and in determining 
the allocation of resources. 

The  operating  segments  are  identified  by  management  based  on  the  manner  in  which  the  product  is  sold, 
whether  retail  or  wholesale,  and  the  nature  of  the  services  provided,  the  identity  of  service  line  manager  and 
country  of  origin.  Discrete  financial  information  about  each  of  these  operating  businesses  is  reported  to  the 
executive management team on at least a monthly basis. 

The  reportable  segments  are  based  on  the  similarity  of  the  products  produced  and  sold  and/or  the  services 
provided, as these are the sources of the Group’s major risks and have the most effect on the rates of return. 

Types of products and services 

System sales (sale of goods) 
The  system  sales  businesses  provide  LPG  fuel  systems  to  an  Australian  automobile  manufacturer,  LPG  retrofit 
installers and also operate spare parts businesses for LPG fuel systems. The segment also includes the supply of 
Small Unmanned Aerial System (SUAS) engines, component parts and engine management systems since August 
2012. 

Consulting services (consultancy) 
The  consulting  services  business  provides  consultancy  services  to  original  equipment  manufacturers,  engine 
manufacturers  and  government  departments.    The  engineering  services  provided  include  research,  design, 
development,  calibration,  improvement,  production  support,  performance  testing,  emissions  testing  and 
certification. 

Royalties and licences (intellectual property rights) 
The royalties and licences business receives revenue from licensees of Orbital technologies.  Applications utilising 
Orbital technologies include outboard engines, auto rickshaws and scooters. 

Accounting policies  

The following items and associated assets and liabilities are not allocated to operating segments as they are not 
considered part of the core operations of any segment: 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

Corporate management and finance and administration overhead expenses. 
Share of profit from equity accounted investment. 
Finance costs - including adjustments on provisions due to discounting. 
Cash and cash equivalents. 
Borrowings. 

Segment  capital  expenditure  is  the  total  cost  incurred  during  the  period  to  acquire  segment  assets  that  are 
expected to be used for more than one period. 

Inter-segment pricing is determined on an arm’s length basis. 

Geographical information 

The system sales segment is managed on an Australian basis for the LPG business and on an American basis for 
the  SUAS  supply.  The  consulting  services  and  royalties  and  licences  segments  are  managed  on  a  worldwide 
basis. 

In  presenting  geographical  information  revenue  is  based  on  the  geographical  location  of  customers  and  non-
current assets are based on the geographical location of the assets. 

Revenue is derived predominantly from the sale of SUAS engines,  LPG fuel systems, the provision of consulting 
services and the sale of intellectual property rights to Orbital’s OCP technology. The consolidated entity operates 
predominantly in the aviation, automotive, marine, motorcycle and unmanned aircraft system engine markets. 

Major customers  

The  Group  has  a  number  of  customers  to  which  it  provides  both  products  and  services.  The  SUAS  supply  is  to 
two major customers that respectively accounted for 10% and 6% (2013: one major customer 45%) of external 
revenue. The system sales segment supplies an Australian automobile manufacturer with LPG fuel systems that 
accounted  for  24%  of  external  revenue  (2013:  18%).    No  other  customer  accounts  for  more  than  10%  of 
revenue. 

56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

5. 

OPERATING SEGMENTS (CONTINUED) 

(a) 

Operating Segments 

System Sales 

Consulting 
Services 

Royalties and 
Licences (i) 

Consolidated 

2014 

$'000 

2013 

$'000 

2014 

$'000 

2013 

$'000 

2014 

$'000 

2013 

$'000 

2014 

$'000 

2013 

$'000 

Segment revenue - external 
customers 

Unallocated other revenue 

Total revenue 

14,136 

23,424 

2,898 

2,057 

1,124 

1,007 

18,158 

26,488 

179 

211 

18,337 

26,699 

Segment result 

602 

2,163 

(176) 

(2,206) 

636 

517 

1,062 

474 

Research & development costs 

Unallocated expenses  - (net) (ii) 

Gain on sale of plant and equipment 

Finance costs 

Share of profit from associate 

Gain on sale of share in associate 

Net profit before related income tax 

Income tax benefit/(expense) 

Profit after tax attributable to members 

(1,910) 

(1,094) 

(585) 

(1,524) 

(90) 

(536) 

3,256 

- 

3 

(687) 

3,220 

1,702 

1,197 

2,094 

479 

(1,730) 

1,676 

364 

System Sales 

Consulting 
Services 

Royalties and 
Licences (i) 

Consolidated 

2014 

$'000 

2013 

$'000 

2014 

$'000 

2013 

$'000 

2014 

$'000 

2013 

$'000 

2014 

$'000 

2013 

$'000 

Non-cash (revenue) and expenses 

Depreciation and amortisation 

Equity settled employee 
compensation 
Other non-cash 
(income)/expenses 

474 

25 

498 

29 

434 

50 

461 

60 

(887) 

1,064 

(225) 

(225) 

Segment non-cash expenses 

(388) 

1,591 

259 

296 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

1 

- 

1 

Equity settled employee compensation 

Amortisation of non-interest bearing loans 

Share of profit from associate 

Movement in provision for surplus lease space 

Foreign exchange translation gain 

Movement in fair value of financial instruments  

Total non-cash (revenue) and expenses 

908 

75 

959 

90 

(1,112) 

839 

(129) 

1,888 

57 

533 

90 

521 

(3,256) 

(3,220) 

(135) 

47 

(72) 

(122) 

(136) 

- 

(3,138) 

(890) 

(i)   Royalties and licences costs include direct patent costs. 
(ii)  Unallocated expenses (net) include corporate management, finance and administration overhead expenses net of unallocated 

other income. 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

5. 

OPERATING SEGMENTS (CONTINUED) 

(a) 

Operating Segments 

System Sales 

Consulting 
Services 

Royalties and 
Licences  

Consolidated 

2014 

$'000 

2013 

$'000 

2014 

$'000 

2013 

$'000 

2014 

$'000 

2013 

$'000 

2014 

$'000 

2013 

$'000 

8,345 

7,650 

3,289 

3,442 

294 

308 

11,928 

11,400 

5,416 

6,902 

1,341 

705 

13,980 

12,468 

5,001 

4,656 

37,666 

36,131 

Segment assets 

Unallocated assets 

Cash 

Other financial assets 

Investment in associate 

Deferred tax assets 

Consolidated Total Assets 

Segment liabilities 

3,199 

3,120 

5,029 

4,270 

103 

1,072 

8,331 

8,462 

Unallocated liabilities 

Long term borrowings 

Consolidated Total Liabilities 

Consolidated Net Assets 

8,290 

8,172 

16,621 

16,634 

21,045 

19,497 

Segment acquisitions of non-
current assets 

150 

40 

227 

213 

- 

- 

377 

253 

(b) 

Geographic information 

Americas 

Europe 

Asia 

Australia 

Consolidated 

2014 

2013 

2014 

2013 

2014 

2013 

2014 

2013 

2014 

2013 

$'000 

$'000 

$'000 

$'000 

$'000 

$'000 

$'000 

$'000 

$'000 

$'000 

Revenue – external 
customers 

3,935 

14,008 

170 

68 

1,159 

276  12,894  12,136  18,158  26,488 

Non-current assets  18,891  17,124 

- 

- 

- 

- 

2,845 

3,529  21,826  20,653 

58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

6. 

OTHER REVENUE 

Interest revenue 

7. 

OTHER INCOME 

Automotive grant income (a) 
Net foreign exchange gains 
Grant income 
Fair value movement in contingent consideration (note 12) 
Fair value movement in financial instruments (note 12) 
Movement in impairment allowance account for receivables 
Movement in provision for constructive obligations 
Rental income from sub-lease 
Research and development grant (b) 
Other  
Gain on sale of plant and equipment 
Gain on sale of share in equity accounted investment 

CONSOLIDATED 

2014 
$'000 

2013 
$'000 

179 

211 

182 
290 
891 
248 
136 
130 
148 
108 
2,224 
45 
- 
- 

4,402 

323 
122 
329 
1,410 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
3 
1,702 

3,889 

(a)  The  Group  received  Automotive  Transformation  Scheme  (ATS)  credits  from  the  Federal  Government  for 
qualifying research and development activities and accounts for these as government grants. 

(b) In accordance with research and development tax legislation the Group is entitled to a refundable research 
and development tax offset accounted for as a government grant. 

8. 

EXPENSES 

(a) 

Employee benefits expense 

Salaries and wages 
Contributions to defined contributions superannuation funds 
Share based payments 
(Decrease) in liability for annual leave 
(Decrease)/increase in liability for long service leave 
Termination costs 
Other associated personnel expenses 

(b) 

Finance costs 

Interest on borrowings 
Non-cash interest expense WA Government Loan 

(c) 

Other expenses 

Administration 
Marketing 
Investor Relations 
Freight & courier 
Motor vehicle expenses 
Allowance for warranty 
Loss on disposal of plant and equipment 
Other 
Goodwill impairment 
Impairment of receivables 

59 

8,088 
825 
132 

(3) 
92 
- 
508 
9,642 

3 
533 
536 

288 
358 
21 
68 
63 
18 
90 
111 
- 
- 
1,017 

9,169 
815 
180 
(38) 
(53) 
563 
574 
11,210 

166 
521 
687 

324 
262 
30 
90 
69 
387 
- 
84 
1,965 
175 
3,386 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

8. 

EXPENSES (CONTINUED) 

(d)  Materials and consumables 

Raw materials and consumables purchased 
Write back inventory impairment 
Change in inventories 

CONSOLIDATED 

2014 
$'000 

2013 
$'000 

7,351 

(336) 
268 
7,283 

8,603 
(214) 
2,039 
10,428 

(e) 

Lease payments included in income statement 

Minimum lease payments – operating lease 

1,109 

1,066 

(f) 

Research and development costs 

Research  and  development  costs  charged  directly  to  the  income 
statement 

1,910 

1,094 

9. 

INCOME TAX 

(a) 

Recognised in the income statement 

Current income tax 
Current year expense 
Benefits arising from previously unrecognised tax losses 
Relating to originating and reversing temporary differences 
Total income tax benefit/(expense) in income statement 

(2,048) 
2,098 
429 
479 

(b) 

Numerical reconciliation between tax benefit and pre-tax net profit/(loss) 

Profit before tax 

Income tax using the statutory tax rates 
 - Difference in tax rate 
 - Non-deductible expenditure 
 - Non assessable income 
 - Current year deferred tax assets not recognised 
 - Previous year deferred tax assets derecognised 
 - Benefits arising from previously unrecognised tax losses 
 - Net withholding tax recouped/(paid) 
 - United States of America Federal and State taxes 
Income tax benefit/(expense) on pre-tax net profit 

(c) 

Tax consolidation 

1,197 

(359) 
(130) 
(1,816) 

667 
(31) 
- 
2,098 
12 
38 
479 

(680) 
590 
(1,640) 
(1,730) 

2,094 

(628) 
(196) 
(331) 
- 
(593) 
(328) 
590 
(22) 
(222) 
(1,730) 

Members of the tax consolidated group and the tax sharing arrangement 
Orbital  Corporation  Limited  and  its  100%  owned  Australian  resident  subsidiaries  formed  a  tax  consolidated 
group with effect from 1 July 2002. Orbital Corporation Limited is the head entity of the tax consolidated group. 
Members of the group have entered into a tax sharing agreement that provides for the allocation of income tax 
liabilities between the entities should the head entity default on its tax payment obligations. No amounts have 
been  recognized  in  the  financial  statements  in  respect  of  this  agreement  on  the  basis  that  the  possibility  of 
default is remote. 

10. 

EARNINGS PER SHARE 

Basic earnings per share 
The  calculation  of  basic  earnings  per  share  at  30  June  2014  was  based  on  profit  attributable  to  ordinary 
shareholders  of  $1,676,000  (2013:    profit  $364,000)  and  a  weighted  average  number  of  ordinary  shares 
outstanding during the financial year ended 30 June 2014 of 49,502,395 shares (2013:  49,079,683 shares), 
calculated as follows: 

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

10. 

EARNINGS PER SHARE (CONTINUED) 

CONSOLIDATED 

Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders 

2014 
$ 
1,676,000 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares 
Weighted average number of ordinary shares at 30 June 
Effect of potential dilutive ordinary shares 
Weighted  average  number  of  potential  dilutive  ordinary  shares  at  30 
June 

Number 
  49,502,395 
- 

2013 
$ 
364,000 

Number 
49,079,683 
- 

49,502,395 

49,079,683 

Cents 

Cents 

3.39 

3.39 

0.74 

0.74 

Earnings per share 

Basic earnings per share 

Diluted earnings per share 

Rights granted to employees (including Key Management Personnel) as described in note 32 are considered to 
be contingently issuable potential ordinary shares.  These potential ordinary shares have not been included in 
the  determination  of  basic  earnings  per  share.    The  5,220,500  rights  granted  under  the  ELTSP  and  the 
1,150,000 performance rights have not been included in the diluted earnings per share calculation as they are 
contingent on future events. 

CONSOLIDATED 

11. 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 

Cash at bank 
Cash at bank – US dollars 
Cash at bank – European currency units 
At call deposits – financial institutions* 

2014 
$'000 

575 
8 
2 
4,831 
5,416 

* The deposits are at call with an Australian Bank, earning an interest rate of 2.68% 

12. 

FINANCIAL ASSETS AND FINANCIAL LIABILITIES 

(a) 

Other financial assets 

Financial  instruments at fair value through profit or loss 

Derivatives not designated as hedges 
  Foreign exchange forward contracts 

Short term deposits 

  Short term deposits 

Total other financial assets 

136 

1,205 

1,341 

2013 
$'000 

760 
13 
4 
6,125 
6,902 

- 

705 

705 

Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss 
Financial  assets  through  profit  or  loss  reflect  the  positive  change  in  fair  value  of  those  foreign  exchange 
forward  contracts  that  are  not  designated  in  hedge  relationships,  but  are  intended  to  reduce  the  level  of 
foreign currency risk for expected sales. 

Short term deposits – financial institutions 
Short  term  deposits  represents  term  deposits  with  financial  institutions  for  periods  greater  than  90  days  and 
less than 365 days earning interest at the respective term deposit rates at time of lodgement. 

Due to the short term nature of the deposits carrying value approximates fair value. Short term deposits are 
only invested with a major financial institution to minimise the risk of default of counterparties. 

Short  term  deposits  are  held  as  collateral  for  the  financial  arrangements  provided  by  Westpac  Banking 
Corporation, refer note 20 for further details. 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

12. 

FINANCIAL ASSETS AND FINANCIAL LIABILITIES (CONTINUED) 

(b) 

Financial liabilities 

Financial liabilities and borrowings 

Current 
Obligations under hire purchase contracts 
Current portion of loans and advances - secured 
Total current borrowings 

Non-current 
Obligations under hire purchase contracts 
Loans and advances - secured 
Total non-current borrowings 

CONSOLIDATED 

2014 
$'000 

2013 
$'000 

23 
498 
521 

19 
7,792 
7,811 

17 
415 
432 

42 
7,757 
7,799 

Obligations under hire purchase contracts 
Obligations under hire purchase contracts mature in 2015. 
Interest  calculations  on  hire  purchase  contracts  are  based  on  fixed  interest  rates  applicable  at  the  date  of 
drawdown  and  payable  monthly.    The  average  interest  rate  on  hire  purchase  contracts  at  reporting  date  is 
7.35% (2013: 7.35%). 

Loans and advances - secured 
The Government of Western Australia had previously provided the company with a fully utilised loan facility of 
$19,000,000  under  the  terms  of  a  "Development  Agreement".    During  the  2010  year  Orbital  reached 
agreement  with  the  WA  Government  through  the  Department  of  Commerce  for  the  restructure  of  the  Non-
Interest Bearing Loan. 

Under the agreed restructure the original loan has been terminated and replaced by a new loan of $14,346,000 
with the following terms and conditions. 

• 
• 
• 
• 

Term – 2010 to 2025. 
Repayments - Commencing May 2010 at $200,000 per annum. 
Repayments - Increasing annually to a maximum of $2,100,000 per annum in 2023. 
Interest free. 

The  restructured  loan’s  net  fair  value  utilising  a  market  interest  rate  of  6.52%  was  $7,558,000  on  initial 
recognition.  

Subsequent to initial recognition the loan is carried at amortised cost. Amortisation for the year ended 30 June 
2014 was $533,000 (2013: $521,000). 

This  loan  facility  is  secured  by  way  of  a  second  ranking  floating  debenture  over  the  whole  of  the  assets  and 
undertakings of the Company. 

Other financial liabilities 

Financial  instruments at fair value through profit or loss 
  Contingent consideration for business acquisition 
Total financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss 

Total current other financial liabilities 

638 
638 

638 

886 
886 

886 

62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

12. 

FINANCIAL ASSETS AND FINANCIAL LIABILITIES (CONTINUED) 

(b) 

Financial liabilities (continued) 

Other financial liabilities (continued) 

Contingent Consideration for business acquisition 
On 27 May 2011, Orbital Autogas Systems Pty Ltd acquired 55% of the voting shares of Sprint Gas (Aust) Pty 
Ltd,  a  company  incorporated  to  acquire  the  operating  business  of  Sprint  Gas,  an  Australian  business 
specialising in the importation and wholesaling of LPG Fuel systems. 

Concurrently  with  the  entering  into  of  the  Business  Acquisition  Agreement,  the  Group  entered  into  a 
Subscription  and  Shareholders  Agreement  with  the  owners  of  the  45%  non-controlling  interest  in  Sprint  Gas 
(Aust) Pty Ltd. As part of the Subscription and Shareholders Agreement Put and Call options were issued over 
the  remaining  45%  non-controlling  interest.  The  Put  and  Call  options,  exercisable  after  30  months,  are  in 
nature a forward contract and therefore a present ownership interest is granted.  The Group has accounted for 
the business combination as though it acquired a 100% interest and has recognised a financial liability to the 
non-controlling shareholders equal to the fair value of the underlying obligations under the Put and Call options 
(contingent consideration liability). 

The underlying obligation under the Put and Call options that gives rise to the contingent consideration liability 
was initially recognised at fair value and subsequently carried at fair value through the profit and loss. 

A gain of $248,000 (2013: $1,410,000) was recognised in the income statement during the current year due to 
a  change  in  the  fair  value  of  the  contingent  consideration.    The  fair  value  of  the  contingent  consideration 
payable was calculated with reference to the estimated future value of the Sprint Gas business, which is based 
on an estimated average EBITDA multiple. The undiscounted value is discounted at the present value using a 
market discount rate. 

(c) 

Hedging activities and derivatives 

The Group uses foreign exchange forward contracts to manage some of its transaction exposures.  The foreign 
exchange  contracts  are  not  designated  as  cash  flow  hedges  and  are  entered  into  for  periods  consistent  with 
foreign currency exposure of the underlying transactions.  

At 30 June 2014 the contractual undiscounted payments related to foreign exchange forward contracts totaled 
$2,330,000 (2013: $nil) maturing between 3 to 12 months. The Group has pledged $500,000 of its short-term 
deposits in order to fulfill the collateral requirements for the foreign exchange forward contracts in place.  

(d) 

Fair values 

Comparison  of  fair  values  to  carrying  amounts  by  class  of  financial  instrument,  other  than  those  where  their 
carrying amounts approximate fair value: 

Financial Assets 
 Foreign exchange forward contracts 
Total  

Financial Liabilities 
 Loans and advances - secured 
 Contingent Consideration 
Total 

Carrying Amounts 

Fair Value 

2014 
$’000 

2013 
$’000 

2014 
$’000 

2013 
$’000 

136 
136 

- 
- 

136 
136 

- 
- 

8,290 
638 
8,928 

8,172 
886 
9,058 

8,498 
638 
9,136 

8,127 
886 
9,013 

The  Group  assessed  that  cash  and  short-term  deposits,  trade  receivables,  trade  payables  and  other  current 
liabilities approximate their carrying amounts largely due to the short-term maturities of these instruments. 

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair values: 

Foreign exchange forward contracts are valued using a discounted cash flow valuation technique with market 
observable inputs such as foreign exchange forward rates and interest rates.  

The fair value of the Group’s secured loan is calculated by discounting the expected future cash flows at the 
prevailing market interest rate at reporting date 2014: 6.31% (2013: 6.77%).   

The  fair  value  of  the  contingent  consideration  payable  was  calculated  with  reference  to  the  estimated  future 
value of the Sprint Gas business, which is based on an estimated average EBITDA multiple. The undiscounted 
value is discounted at the present value using a market discount rate of 6.31% (2013:  6.77%). 

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

12. 

FINANCIAL ASSETS AND FINANCIAL LIABILITIES (CONTINUED) 

(e) 

Fair value measurement 

The following table provide the fair value measurement hierarchy of the Group’s assets and liabilities: 

As at 30 June 2014: 

Assets measured at fair value: 
 Foreign exchange forward contracts – US dollar 
Liabilities measured at fair value: 
 Contingent consideration 
Liabilities for which fair values are disclosed: 
 Loans and advances - secured 

As at 30 June 2013: 

Assets measured at fair value: 
 Foreign exchange forward contracts – US dollar 
Liabilities measured at fair value: 
 Contingent consideration 
Liabilities for which fair values are disclosed: 
 Loans and advances - secured 

Fair value measurement using 

Quoted 
prices in 
active 
markets 
(Level 1) 

Significant 
observable 
inputs 
(Level 2) 

Significant 
unobservable 
inputs 
(Level 3) 

$’000 

$’000 

$’000 

- 

- 

- 

136 

- 

- 

638 

8,498 

- 

Fair value measurement using 

Quoted 
prices in 
active 
markets 
(Level 1) 

Significant 
observable 
inputs 
(Level 2) 

Significant 
unobservable 
inputs 
(Level 3) 

$’000 

$’000 

$’000 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

8,127 

- 

886 

- 

Total 

$’000 

136 

638 

8,498 

Total 

$’000 

- 

886 

8,127 

The following table shows a reconciliation of the movement in the fair value of financial instruments categorised 
within Level 3 between the beginning and the end of the reporting period: 

Contingent consideration 

At 1 July 
Released to the income statement 
At 30 June 

2014 
$'000 
886 
(248) 
638 

2013 
$'000 
2,296 
(1,410) 
886 

Significant unobservable inputs to the valuation of the contingent consideration and the sensitivity 
of the input to fair value: 

The  fair  value  of  the  contingent  consideration  payable  was  calculated  with  reference  to  the  estimated  future 
value of the Sprint Gas business, which is based on an estimated average EBITDA multiple. The undiscounted 
value is discounted to its present value using a market discount rate.  During the year management estimated 
average EBITDA by reference to the actual results of the business since acquisition and the latest forecasts of 
future results for the business. This reduced the fair value of the contingent consideration and resulted in a fair 
value gain of $248,000, which has been reflected in the profit and loss account.  If the business was to perform 
20% better or 20% worse than forecast the estimated fair value of the contingent consideration would increase 
by $59,000/decrease by $59,000 respectively. 

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

12. 

FINANCIAL ASSETS AND FINANCIAL LIABILITIES (CONTINUED) 

(f) 

Financial risk management objectives and policies 

The Group's principal financial instruments  comprise cash and short-term deposits, receivables,  payables, and 
financial liabilities. 

The Group manages its exposure to key financial risks, including interest rate and currency risk in accordance 
with the Group's financial risk management policy. The objective of the policy is to support the delivery of the 
Group's financial targets whilst protecting future financial security. 

The  Group  from  time-to-time  enters  into  derivative  transactions,  principally  forward  currency  contracts.  The 
purpose  is  to  manage  the  currency  risks  arising  from  the  Group's  operations  and  its  sources  of  revenue.  The 
main risks arising from the Group's financial instruments are interest rate risk, foreign currency risk, credit risk 
and liquidity risk. The Group uses different methods to measure and manage different types of risks to which it 
is  exposed.  These  include  monitoring  levels  of  exposure  to  interest  rate  and  foreign  exchange  risk  and 
assessments  of  market  forecasts  for  interest  and  foreign  exchange  rates.  Ageing  analyses  and  monitoring  of 
specific  credit  allowances  are  undertaken  to  manage  credit  risk,  liquidity  risk  is  monitored  through  the 
development of future rolling cash flow forecasts. 

The Board reviews and agrees policies for managing each of these risks as summarised below. 

Primary responsibility for identification and control of financial risks rests with the Audit Committee  under  the 
authority of the Board. The Board reviews and agrees policies for managing each of the risks identified below, 
including the setting of limits for hedging cover of foreign currency and interest rate risk, credit allowances, and 
future cash flow forecast projections. 

Risk Exposures and Responses 

Interest rate risk 

The  Group's  exposure  to  market  interest  rates  relates  primarily  to  the  Group's  cash,  cash  equivalents  on 
deposit and term deposits with Australian banks. 

The  primary  goal  of  the  Group  is  to  maximize  returns  on  surplus  cash,  using  deposits  with  maturities  of  less 
than  90  days.    Management  continually  monitors  the  returns  on  funds  invested.    The  Group  also  has  a  term 
deposit  of  greater  than  90  days  and  less  than  365  days  that  has  been  pledged  as  security  to  the  Group’s 
bankers for financial arrangements. 

At  balance  date,  the  Group  had  the  following  mix  of  financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities  exposed  to 
Australian variable interest rate risk that are not designated in cash flow hedges: 

Financial Assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Short term deposits 

Financial Liabilities 
Contingent consideration 

CONSOLIDATED 

2014 
$'000 

5,416 
1,205 
6,621 

2013 
$'000 

6,902 
705 
7,607 

638 

886 

The following sensitivity analysis is based on the interest rate risk exposures in existence at reporting date: 

At  30  June  2014,  if  interest  rates  had  moved,  as  illustrated  in  the  table  below,  with  all  other 
variables held constant, post tax profit and other comprehensive income would have been affected 
as follows: 

Consolidated 

+1% (100 basis points) 
- 1% (100 basis points) 

  Other comprehensive income 

Higher/(Lower) 
2014 
$’000 

2013 
$’000 

- 
- 

- 
- 

Post tax profit/(loss) 
Higher/(Lower) 

2013 
$’000 

96 
(94) 

2014 
$’000 

78 
(79) 

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

12. 

FINANCIAL ASSETS AND FINANCIAL LIABILITIES (CONTINUED) 

(f) 

Financial risk management objectives and policies (continued) 

Foreign currency risk  

As a result of  the  investment in Synerject  LLC, an associate, the Group's income statement  and statement of 
financial position can be affected significantly by movements in the US$/A$ exchange rates. 

The  Group  also  has  transactional  currency  exposures.  Such  exposure  arises  from  sales  or  purchases  by  an 
operating entity in currencies other than the functional currency. 

Approximately 10% (FY2013: 5%) of the Group's sales are denominated in currencies other than the functional 
currency  of  the  operating  entity  making  the  sale,  whilst  approximately  26%  (FY2013:  18%)  of  costs  are 
denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the operating entity making the expenditure. 

With respect to assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies, the Group ensures that its net exposure 
is  kept  to  an  acceptable  level  by  buying  or  selling  forward  foreign  currency  contracts  at  spot  rates  when 
incurred.  The Group does not hold foreign currency positions for trading purposes. 

At  30  June  2014,  the  Group  had  the  following  exposure  to  US$  foreign  currency  that  is  not 
designated in cash flow hedges: 

Financial Assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Foreign exchange forward contract 

Financial Liabilities 
Trade and other payables 

CONSOLIDATED 

2014 
$'000 

8 
92 
136 
236 

101 

2013 
$'000 

13 
403 
- 
416 

588 

At  30  June  2014,  the  Group  had  the  following  exposure  to  European  currency  units  that  is  not 
designated in cash flow hedges: 

Financial Assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 

Financial Liabilities 
Trade and other payables 

CONSOLIDATED 

2014 
$'000 

2 
- 
2 

10 

2013 
$'000 

4 
- 
4 

46 

The following sensitivity is based on the foreign currency risk exposures in existence at reporting date: 

At  30  June  2014,  had  the  Australian  Dollar  moved,  as  illustrated  in  the  table  below,  with  all  other 
variables held constant, post tax profit and other comprehensive income would have been affected 
as follows: 

Consolidated 

AUD/USD/EURO +5% 
AUD/USD/EURO -5% 

Post tax profit/(loss) 
Higher/(Lower) 

2014 
$’000 

105 
(115) 

2013 
$’000 

12 
(11) 

  Other comprehensive income 

Higher/(Lower) 
2014 
$’000 

2013 
$’000 

- 
- 

- 
- 

The  movements  in  profit  in  2014  are  more  sensitive  than  in  2013  due  to  the  foreign  exchange  forward 
contract. 

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

12. 

FINANCIAL ASSETS AND FINANCIAL LIABILITIES (CONTINUED) 

(f) 

Financial risk management objectives and policies (continued) 

Credit risk  

Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the Group, which comprise cash and cash equivalents and trade 
and  other  receivables.  The  Group's  exposure  to  credit  risk  arises  from  potential  default  of  the  counter  party, 
with a maximum exposure equal to the carrying amount of these financial assets (as outlined in each applicable 
note). 

The  Group  does  not  hold  any  credit  derivatives  to  offset  its  credit  exposure,  however  the  Group  does  hold 
receivable insurance where appropriate. 

It  is  the  Group's  policy  that  all  customers  who  wish  to  trade  on  credit  terms  are  subject  to  credit  verification 
procedures  including  an  assessment  of  their  independent  credit  rating,  financial  position,  past  experience  and 
industry  reputation.  Risk  limits  are  set  for  each  individual  customer  in  accordance  with  parameters  set  by 
management. These risk limits are regularly monitored. 

In addition, receivable balances are monitored on an ongoing basis. 

There  are  no  significant  concentrations  of  credit  risk  within  the  Group,  other  than  the  research  and 
development grant receivable from the Australian Government. Financial instruments  are only invested with a 
major financial institution to minimise the risk of default of counterparties.  An ageing of receivables is included 
in note 13. 

Liquidity risk  

The  only  external  borrowings  of  the  Group  is  the  interest  free  Western  Australian  Government  loan  of 
$14,346,000 repayable in yearly instalments from May 2010 to May 2025. 

The  Group  has  recognised  a  contingent  consideration  liability  of  $638,000  payable  to  the  owners  of  the  non-
controlling interest in Sprint Gas (Aust) Pty Ltd.  

The  table  below  reflects  all  contractually  fixed  pay-offs,  repayments  and  interest  resulting  from  recognised 
financial  liabilities  as  of  30  June  2014.    For  all  obligations  the  respective  undiscounted  cash  flows  for  the 
respective  upcoming  fiscal  years  are  presented.    Cash  flows  for  financial  liabilities  without  fixed  amount  or 
timing are based on the conditions existing at 30 June 2014.  The Group’s approach to managing liquidity is to 
ensure,  as  far  as  is  possible,  that  it  will  always  have  sufficient  liquidity  to  meet  its  liabilities  when  due  and 
payable without incurring unacceptable losses or risks. 

The remaining contractual maturities of the Group's financial liabilities are: 

CONSOLIDATED 

6 months or less 
6-12 months 
1-5 years 
Over 5 years 

13. 

TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES 

Current 
Trade receivables 
Allowance for impairment loss (a) 

Accrued royalties 
Other receivables 
Prepayments 

67 

2014 
$'000 

3,708 
1,148 
3,225 
8,953 
17,034 

2,601 

(21) 

2,580 

211 
2,564 
400 
5,755 

2013 
$'000 

2,794 
1,309 
2,714 
9,986 
16,803 

4,246 
(180) 
4,066 

299 
73 
275 
4,713 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

13. 

TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES (CONTINUED) 

(a) 

Allowance for impairment loss 

Trade receivables are non-interest bearing and are generally on 30-60 day terms.  An allowance for impairment 
loss  is  recognised  when  there  is  objective  evidence  that  an  individual  trade  receivable  is  impaired.    An 
impairment  allowance  account  of  $21,000  (2013:  $180,000)  has  been  recognised  by  the  Group  at  balance 
date.  Movement in this allowance account has been included in the other expenses item. 

CONSOLIDATED 

Movements in the allowance for impairment loss were as follows: 

At 1 July 
Write-back/(charge) for the year 
Amounts written off 
At 30 June 

2014 
$'000 

(180)   

130 
29 

(21)   

At 30 June, the ageing of trade receivables is as follows: 

Total 

0-30 days 

31-60 days 

61-90 days 
PDNI* 

+91 days 
PDNI* 

2014 

Consolidated 

2,601 

1,276 

176 

2013 

Consolidated 

4,246 

2,576 

1,347 

153 

108 

975 

35 

2013 
$'000 

(5) 
(175) 
- 
(180) 

+91 days 

CI* 

21 

180 

Receivables past due but not considered impaired are $1,128,000 (2013:$143,000).   Management has been in 
contact with each relevant debtor and is satisfied that payment will be received in full. 

Included with the not considered impaired category is a balance of $1,043,000 receivable from Textron.  
A  settlement  has  been  reached  with  Textron  over  a  dispute  related  to  past  contracts  that  had  resulted  in 
Textron withholding payment on outstanding invoices.  A new payment plan has been agreed and Management 
is satisfied that payments will be received accordingly. 

Other balances within trade and other receivables do not contain impaired assets and are not past due.  It is 
expected that these other balances will be received when due. 

(b) 

Foreign exchange and interest rate risk 

Detail regarding foreign exchange and interest rate risk exposure is disclosed in note 12. 

CONSOLIDATED 

2014 
$'000 

2013 
$'000 

14. 

INVENTORIES 

Materials and production supplies – at lower of cost and net  
realisable value 

3,328 

3,158 

(a) 

Inventory expense 

Inventories  recognised  as  an  expense  for  the  year  ended  30  June  2014  totaled  $7,283,000  (2013: 
$10,428,000) for the Group (Refer to Note 8(d)).   

68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

15. 

INVESTMENT IN ASSOCIATE 

(a) 

Interest in Synerject LLC 

The Group holds a 30% (2013: 30%) share of Synerject LLC.  The investment is recognised and disclosed as an 
investment in an associate.   

The  principal  activities  of  Synerject  LLC  are  the  marketing,  sale  and  manufacture,  including  research  and 
development in the area of engine management systems and components in the marine, recreational, motorcycle 
and utility markets. Synerject is a key  supplier of engine management systems to  the non-automotive market.  
Original  equipment  products  using  Synerject’s  engine  management  systems  range  from  the  high  performance 
motorcycle/recreational vehicles to the high volume scooter and small engine applications.  Application centres in 
Europe,  China,  Taiwan  and  the  United  States  provide  on-site  support  of  customer  development  and  production 
programs. 

The Group accounts for the investment in Synerject using the equity method.   

The Group sold 12% of its share in Synerject effective 1 March 2013. The dividend distribution rate changed from 
45% to 55% of audited profits. 

Other information for Synerject is as follows: 

Country of incorporation: 
Financial Year end: 
30 June Ownership: 

USA 
31 December 
2014: 30%; 2013: 30%. 

The  following  is  summarised  financial  information  for  Synerject  at  30  June  2014  based  on  its  consolidated 
financial  statements  modified  for  fair  value  adjustments  on  acquisition  and  differences  in  the  Group’s 
accounting policies: 

2014 

US$'000 

2013 

US$'000 

Revenue (100%) 

141,746 

137,287 

Profit (100%) 

Other comprehensive income 

Total comprehensive income 

Current assets  

Non-current assets 

Current liabilities 

Net assets 

9,970 

253 

10,223 

56,597 

9,605 

29,709 

36,493 

2014 

A$'000 

8,725 

118 

8,843 

49,858 

9,710 

28,424 

31,144 

2013 

A$'000 

Revenue (100%) 

154,323 

133,665 

Profit (100%) 

Other comprehensive income 

Total comprehensive income 

Current assets  

Non-current assets 

Current liabilities 

Net assets 

10,855 

275 

11,130 

60,082 

10,196 

31,538 

38,740 

8,190 

115 

8,305 

53,755 

10,469 

30,645 

33,579 

Orbital’s interest in the net assets of Synerject 

11,622 

10,074 

Share of goodwill 

2,358 

2,394 

Share of Synerject’s net assets equity accounted 

13,980 

12,468 

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

15. 

INVESTMENT IN ASSOCIATE (CONTINUED) 

(b)  Movement in the carrying amount of the Group’s interest in Synerject 

Beginning of year 
Sale of interest 
Share of profits after tax 
Share of reserves 
Dividends received 
Unrealised foreign exchange movements 
End of year 

(c) 

Results of Synerject 

CONSOLIDATED 

2014 
$'000 

2013 
$'000 

12,468 
- 
3,256 
80 
(1,634)   
(190)   

13,980 

13,696 
(4,086) 
3,220 
35 
(1,485) 
1,088 
12,468 

Share of Synerject’s net profit 

3,256 

3,220 

(d) 

Commitments 

Share of Synerject’s capital commitments contracted but not 
provided for or payable: 
Within one year 
One year or later and no later than five years 
Later than 5 years 

16. 

DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES 

Recognised deferred tax assets and liabilities 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following: 

283 
667 
- 
950 

288 
699 
78 
1,065 

Consolidated 

Deferred Tax Assets 

Tax value of loss carry-forwards 
recognised 
Other net temporary differences (a) 

2014 
$’000 

5,001 

2013 
$’000 

4,656 

Deferred Tax Liabilities 
2013 
$’000 

2014 
$’000 

Net 

2014 
$’000 

2013 
$’000 

- 

- 

5,001 

4,656 

1,014 

682 

(1,014) 

(682) 

- 

- 

Net deferred tax assets 

6,015 

5,338 

(1,014) 

(682) 

5,001 

4,656 

Under  the  tax  laws  of  the  United  States,  tax  losses  that  cannot  be  fully  utilised  for  tax  purposes  during  the 
current year may be carried forward, subject to some statutory limitations, to reduce taxable income in future 
years.    At  30  June  2014,  the  available  tax  carry  forward  losses  of  US$18,835,062  (2013:  US$25,517,641) 
expire between the years 2015 and 2024. 

Movement in temporary differences during the year 

Tax value of loss carry-forwards recognised 
Other net temporary differences  

Net tax assets 

Balance  
1 Jul 12 

Acquired 
during the 
year 

Consolidated 
Recognised 
in income 

Recognised 
in equity 
(b) 

Balance  
30 June 13 

$’000 

5,439 
328 

5,767 

$’000 

$’000 

$’000 

- 
- 

- 

(1,312) 
(328) 

(1,640) 

529 
- 

529 

$’000 

4,656 
- 

4,656 

70 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

16. 

DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (CONTINUED) 

Movement in temporary differences during the year 

Balance  
1 Jul 13 

Acquired 
during the 
year 

Consolidated 
Recognised 
in income 

Recognised 
in equity 
(b) 

Balance  
30 June 14 

$’000 

$’000 

$’000 

$’000 

$’000 

Tax value of loss carry-forwards recognised 
Other net temporary differences  

Net tax assets 

4,656 
- 

4,656 

- 
- 

- 

429 
- 

429 

(84) 
- 

(84) 

5,001 
- 

5,001 

(a) 

Other net temporary differences 

Deferred tax assets 
Annual leave 
Long service leave 
Staff bonus 
Revenue in advance 
Other 

Deferred tax liabilities 
Unrealised foreign exchange gain on inter-company loan 
Other 

Net temporary differences 

CONSOLIDATED 

2014 
$'000 

197 
338 
22 
393 
64 
1,014 

(1,003) 
(11) 
(1,014) 

- 

2013 
$'000 

545 
17 
5 
115 
- 
682 

(534) 
(148) 
(682) 

- 

(b) 

The amounts recognized through equity represent the foreign exchange differences arising on the 
translation of the foreign subsidiary. 

(c) 

Unrecognised deferred tax assets 

Deferred tax assets have not been recognized in respect of the following items: 

Australia (net at 30%) 
Tax losses 
Capital loss on investment 
Other net temporary differences 

United States of America (net 34%) 
Tax losses 
Other net temporary differences 

20,027 
1,934 
317 
22,278 

1,796 
132 
1,928 

20,533 
1,934 
2,029 
24,496 

4,699 
775 
5,474 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

17. 

PLANT AND EQUIPMENT 

Plant and equipment 
At cost 
Less: accumulated depreciation 

CONSOLIDATED 

2014 
$'000 

2013 
$'000 

18,121 
(15,276) 

18,044 
(14,661) 

Total plant and equipment – net book value 

2,845 

3,383 

Reconciliations 
Reconciliations of the carrying amounts for plant and equipment is set out below: 

Plant and equipment 
Carrying amount at beginning of year 
Additions 
Disposals 
Depreciation 
Carrying amount at end of year 

Total 
Carrying amount at beginning of year 
Carrying amount at end of year 

3,383 
377 
(153) 
(762) 

2,845 

3,383 
2,845 

3,949 
253 
(6) 
(813) 
3,383 

3,949 
3,383 

All  plant  and  equipment  of  the  Group  is  subject  to  floating  charges  from  the  Group’s  banker  and  from  the 
Government of Western Australia (see note 12). 

Finance Leases 
The  carrying  value  of  plant  and  equipment  held  under  finance  leases  and  hire  purchase  contracts  at  30  June 
2014  was  $33,000  (2013:  $59,000).  No  additions  to  plant  and  equipment  under  finance  leases  were  made 
during the year (2013: $nil). Leased assets and assets under hire purchase contracts are pledged as security 
for the related finance lease and hire purchase liabilities. 

Impairment tests 
Plant and equipment are tested at the level of their respective cash generating units as follows: 
► Orbital Autogas Systems cash generating unit 
► Sprint Gas cash generating unit 
► Engineering Service cash generating unit 

Orbital Autogas Systems cash generating unit  
The recoverable amount of the Orbital Autogas Systems cash generating unit has been determined based on a 
value in use calculation using cash flow projections as at 30 June 2014 based on financial budgets approved by 
management.  The pre-tax, risk-adjusted discount rate applied to these cash flow projections is 18.0% (2013: 
18.0%).   

Sprint Gas cash generating unit  
The recoverable amount of the Sprint Gas cash generating unit has been determined based on a value in use 
calculation  using  cash  flow  projections  as  at  30  June  2014  based  on  financial  budgets  approved  by 
management. The pre-tax, risk-adjusted discount rate applied to these cash flow projections is 18.0% (2013: 
18.0%) and cash flows beyond the three-year period are extrapolated to five years using a 3% growth rate and 
a terminal value of 3.5 times the fifth year’s cash flow projection.  The growth rate and terminal value used are 
appropriate for a business in Sprint Gas’s industry. 

Consulting Service cash generating unit  
The recoverable amount of the Orbital Autogas Systems cash generating unit has been determined based on a 
value in use calculation using cash flow projections as at 30 June 2014 based on financial budgets approved by 
management.  The pre-tax, risk-adjusted discount rate applied to these cash flow projections is 18.0% (2013: 
18.0%).   

The  calculations  of  value  in  use  for  the  Orbital  Autogas  Systems,  Sprint  Gas  and  Consulting  Services  cash 
generating units are most sensitive to the following assumptions: 

► Revenue 
► Gross margins 
► Discount rates 

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

17. 

PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (CONTINUED) 

Impairment tests (continued) 

Revenues  –  revenues  for  the  Orbital  Autogas  Systems  unit  are  based  on  expected  volumes  of  production  of 
the Ford EcoLPI Falcon by its largest customer, Ford Australia, over the budget period and for the Sprint Gas 
unit  are  based  on  values  achieved  in  the  current  year  and  management  estimates  for  the  budget  period. 
Consulting services revenue is dependent on the demand for the Group’s engineering services.  

Gross margins — gross margins are based on the average values achieved in the years preceding the start of 
the budget period. 

Discount  rates  —  discount  rates  reflect  management's  estimate  of  the  time  value  of  money  and  the  risks 
specific to each unit that are not already reflected in the cash flows. In determining appropriate discount rates 
for each unit, regard has been given to the external borrowing rate of the entity as a whole. 

CONSOLIDATED 

2014 
$'000 

18. 

INTANGIBLES AND GOODWILL 

Goodwill acquired in business combinations 
Capitalised development expenditure 
Total intangibles and goodwill – net book value 

Net carrying value 

Goodwill acquired in business combinations 
At cost 
Less: allowance for impairment 
Carrying amount at end of year 

Capitalised development expenditure 
At cost 
Less: accumulated amortisation and impairment 

- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

826 
(826) 

(a) 

Reconciliation of carrying amounts at the beginning and end of the period 

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts for goodwill: 
Carrying amount at beginning of year 
Impairment charge 
Carrying amount at end of year 

- 

- 
- 
- 

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts for capitalised development expenditure: 
Carrying amount at beginning of year 
Amortisation 
Carrying amount at end of year 

146 
(146) 

- 

2013 
$'000 

- 
146 
146 

1,965 
(1,965) 
- 

826 
(680) 
146 

1,965 
(1,965) 
- 

292 
(146) 
146 

(b) 

Description of the Group’s intangible assets and goodwill 

Goodwill  
The goodwill arose on the acquisitions of Boral Alternative Fuel Systems on 26 June 2008 ($363,000) and Sprint 
Gas (Aust) Pty Ltd on 27 May 2011 ($1,602,000). 

After  initial  recognition,  goodwill  acquired  in  a  business  combination  is  measured  at  cost  less  any  accumulated 
impairment  losses.    Goodwill  is  not  amortised  but  is  subject  to  impairment  testing  on  an  annual  basis  or 
whenever there is an indication of impairment.  

Capitalised development expenditure 
Expenditure  on  development  activities  relating  to  next  generation  LPG  fuel  systems  for  the  Ford  EcoLPI  Falcon 
have been capitalised.  The EcoLPI range of Falcon vehicles were launched by Ford Australia in July 2011. 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

18. 

INTANGIBLES AND GOODWILL (CONTINUED) 

(c) 

Impairment losses recognised 

The  carrying  amounts  of  goodwill  allocated  to  Orbital  Autogas  Systems  and  to  Sprint  Gas  totalling  $1,965,000 
were  impaired  in  full  in  the  prior  reporting  period.    The  impairment  charge  was  recognised  as  a  result  of  the 
contraction  of  the  Australian  LPG  retrofit  market,  which  led  to  a  significant  decrease  in  the  number  of  vehicles 
being  converted  to  LPG  during  the  reporting  period  and  to  lower  than  expected  penetration  of  our  Liquid  LPG 
product into this contracting market.  Management also considered the announcement by Ford Motor Company of 
Australia that it will cease the manufacture of vehicles in Australia in 2016 when considering the impairment of 
Orbital Autogas System’s goodwill.  The assessment of recoverable amount was based on a value in use models 
using a discount rate of 18% and was determined at the cash-generating unit level.  The impairment charge was 
recognised in the income statement in the line item “other expenses”. 

19. 

TRADE PAYABLES AND OTHER LIABILITIES 

Current 
Trade creditors and accruals 
Revenue received in advance 

CONSOLIDATED 

2014 
$'000 

3,696 
- 
3,696 

2013 
$'000 

2,785 
16 
2,801 

(a) 

Interest rate, foreign exchange and liquidity risk 

Information regarding interest rate, foreign exchange and liquidity risk exposure is set out in note 12. 

20. 

FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS 

The  consolidated  entity  has  standby  arrangements  with  Westpac  Banking  Corporation  to  provide  support 
facilities: 

Total facilities available 
Corporate credit card facility 
Bank guarantee 
Dividends received 

Facilities utilized at balance date 
Corporate credit card facility 
Bank guarantee 

Facilities not utilized at balance date 
Corporate credit card facility 
Bank guarantee 

228 
505 
733 

49 
505 
554 

179 
- 
179 

230 
505 
735 

26 
505 
531 

204 
- 
204 

A  first  ranking  mortgage  debenture  with  fixed  and  floating  charges  over  the  whole  of  the  assets  has  been 
granted  to  the  Company’s  banker  for  the  establishment  of  the  credit  facilities  totaling  $733,000  (2013: 
$735,000).  

The  Company  has  also  pledged  short  term  deposits  of  $705,000  (2013:  $705,000)  held  as  collateral  for  the 
financing facilities.  

The bank guarantee has been provided for the benefit of the landlords of the Balcatta, Melbourne and Brisbane 
premises. 

74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

21. 

EMPLOYEE BENEFITS 

(a) 

Current 

Annual leave 
Long service leave 

(b) 

Non-Current 

Long service leave 

(c) 

Aggregate liability for employee entitlements 

CONSOLIDATED 

2014 
$'000 

2013 
$'000 

747 
1,191 
1,938 

765 
1,072 
1,837 

32 

55 

1,970 

1,892 

The present value of employee entitlements have been calculated using the following weighted averages: 

Assumed rate of increase in wage and salary rates 
Discount rate at 30 June 
Settlement term (years) 

Number of employees 

4.0%   
3.0%   
10 

4.0% 
3.1% 
10 

Number of employees at year end 

89 

87 

22. 

DEFERRED REVENUE 

(a) 

Current 

Deferred revenue for operation of heavy duty engine testing facility 

316 

(b)  Movement in deferred revenue 

At 1 July 
At 30 June 

316 
316 

316 

316 
316 

In  June  2008  the  Group  received  funding  of  $2,760,000  from  the  Commonwealth  of  Australia  through  the 
Alternative  Fuels  Conversion  Program  administered  by  the  Department  of  the  Environment,  Water,  Heritage 
and  the  Arts  towards  the  construction  of  a  heavy  duty  engine  test  facility.    The  terms  of  the  Grant  included 
providing the Commonwealth with preferential access to the facility at a discount to the commercial rate for a 
period of five years from the date of commissioning of the facility.   

The  deferred  revenue  will  be  recognised  as  income  over  the  periods  in  which  the  Commonwealth  utilises  the 
Heavy Duty Engine Testing Facility at discounted rates. 

23. 

GOVERNMENT GRANTS 

Current liabilities 
Investment grant for construction of heavy duty engine testing facility 

225 

225 

Non-current liabilities 
Investment grant for construction of heavy duty engine testing facility 
Total government grants deferred 

Movement in government grants 
At 1 July 
Released to the income statement 
At 30 June 

974 
1,199 

1,424 

(225)   

1,199 

1,199 
1,424 

1,649 
(225) 
1,424 

75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

23. 

GOVERNMENT GRANTS (CONTINUED) 

In  June  2008  the  Group  received  funding  of  $2,760,000  from  the  Commonwealth  of  Australia  through  the 
Alternative  Fuels  Conversion  Program  administered  by  the  Department  of  the  Environment,  Water,  Heritage 
and the Arts towards the construction of a heavy duty engine test facility.  The Group will fund the maintenance 
and  operation  of  the  facility  until  at  least  financial  year  2014/2015  and  provide  the  Commonwealth  with 
preferential access to the facility. 

The  terms  of  the  Grant  included  providing  the  Commonwealth  with  preferential  access  to  the  facility  at  a 
discount  to  the  commercial  rate.    This  discount  to  commercial  rates  of  $512,000  was  transferred  to  deferred 
revenue (see note 22) and recorded as deferred revenue. 

The  government  grant  will  be  recognised  as  income  over  the  periods  and  in  the  proportions  in  which 
depreciation on the heavy duty engine test facility is charged. 

CONSOLIDATED 

2014 
$'000 

2013 
$'000 

24. 

OTHER PROVISIONS 

(a) 

Current 

Warranties 
Surplus lease space 
Other 

(b) 

Non-Current 

Surplus lease space 

(c) 

Reconciliations 

134 
58 
- 
192 

278 

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts for each class of provisions are set out below: 

Warranties – current 
Carrying amount at beginning of year 
Arising during the year 
Utilised 
Carrying amount at end of year 

Surplus lease space – current 
Carrying amount at beginning of year 
Utilised 
Reclassified from non-current 
Carrying amount at end of year 

Other provisions - current 
Carrying amount at beginning of year 
Arising during the year 
Utilised 
Released to the income statement 
Carrying amount at end of year 

Surplus lease space – non-current 
Carrying amount at beginning of year 
Arising during the year 
Reclassified to current 
Carrying amount at end of year 

76 

111 
227 

(204)   

134 

182 

(259)   

135 
58 

502 
- 
(354)   
(148)   
- 

289 
124 

(135)   

278 

111 
182 
502 
795 

289 

229 
1 
(119) 
111 

182 
(182) 
182 
182 

50 
452 
- 
- 
502 

336 
135 
(182) 
289 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

24. 

OTHER PROVISIONS (CONTINUED) 

The  product  warranty  provision  relates  to  sales  of  LPG  fuel  systems  and  also  the  sale  of  small  unmanned 
aircraft  engines.    In  determining  the  level  of  provision  required  for  product  warranties  the  Group  has  made 
judgments in respect of the expected performance of the product, number of customers who will actually use 
the  product  warranty  and  how  often,  and  the  costs  of  fulfilling  the  performance  of  the  product  warranty. 
Historical experience and current knowledge of the performance of products has been used in determining this 
provision. 

Surplus  lease  space provision relates  to certain unutilised office  space.   The provision takes account of rental 
income  Orbital  would  recover  by  sub-letting  the  space.  During  the  year  a  sub-lease  agreement  was  entered 
into  and  rental  from  the  sub-lease  agreement  is  recognised  in  the  income  statement  in  the  line  item  “other 
income”. 

The  other  provisions  account  included  a  provision  for  restoration  obligations  relating  to  SUAS  engines  sold 
during the previous year.  In determining the level of provision required for restoration obligations the Group 
has made judgments in respect of the expected expenditures required to fulfill the obligation.  The restoration 
obligation was completed during the 2014 financial year and the provision balance not utilised was released to 
the income statement in the line item “other income”. 

25. 

SHARE CAPITAL 

Ordinary shares 

CONSOLIDATED 

2014 
$'000 

2013 
$'000 

19,590 

19,518 

Movement in ordinary shares on issue 

Number 

$'000 

At 1 July 2012 

Shares issued pursuant to employee share plan 

At 30 June 2013 

At 1 July 2013 

Shares issued pursuant to employee share plan 

At 30 June 2014 

48,722,477 

612,114 

49,334,591 

49,334,591 

422,403 

49,756,994 

19,436 

82 

19,518 

19,518 

72 

19,590 

Holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to  time and are entitled to 
one vote per share at shareholders’ meetings. 

In the event of winding up of the Company, ordinary shareholders rank after creditors and are fully entitled to 
any proceeds of liquidation. 

Capital management 

When managing capital, management's objective is to ensure the entity continues as a going concern as well as 
to  maintain  optimal  returns  to  shareholders  and  benefits  for  other  stakeholders.  Management  also  aims  to 
maintain  a  capital  structure  that  ensures  the  lowest  cost  of  capital,  provides  a  strong  capital  base  so  as  to 
maintain investor, creditor and market confidence and to sustain future development of the business. 

Management defines capital as contributed shareholder equity. 

26. 

RETAINED PROFITS AND RESERVES 

(a)  Movements in retained earnings were as follows: 

Balance 1 July 
Net profit 
Balance 30 June 

77 

CONSOLIDATED 

2014 
$'000 

2013 
$'000 

366 
1,676 
2,042 

2 
364 
366 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

26. 

RETAINED PROFITS AND RESERVES (CONTINUED) 

(b) 

Other reserves 

Consolidated 

Balance 1 July 2012 
Equity-settled transaction-employee shares 
Other comprehensive income 
Balance at 30 June 2013 

Balance 1 July 2013 
Equity-settled transaction-employee shares 
Other comprehensive income 
Balance at 30 June 2014 

(c) 

Nature and purpose of reserves 

Employee 
Equity 
Benefits 
Reserve 
$’000 

Foreign 
Currency 
Translation 
Reserve 
$’000 

1,547 
98 
- 
1,645 

1,645 
60 

1,705 

(3,554) 
- 
1,522 
(2,032) 

(2,032) 
- 
(260) 
(2,292) 

Total 

$’000 

(2,007) 
98 
1,522 
(387) 

(387) 
60 
(260) 
(587) 

Employee equity benefits reserve 
The  employee  equity  benefits  reserve  is  used  to  record  the  value  of  share  based  payments  provided  to 
employees, including KMP’s, as part of their remuneration.  Refer to note 32 for further details of these plans. 

Foreign currency translation reserve 
The foreign currency translation reserve is used to record exchange differences arising from the translation of 
the financial statements of foreign subsidiaries. 

27. 

CONSOLIDATED ENTITY 

Ultimate Parent Entity 
- Orbital Corporation Limited 

Controlled Entities, incorporated and carrying on business in: 

Australia 
- Orbital Australia Pty Ltd 

- Orbital Australia Manufacturing Pty Ltd 

- OEC Pty Ltd 

- S T Management Pty Ltd 

- OFT Australia Pty Ltd 

- Investment Development Funding Pty Ltd 

- Power Investment Funding Pty Ltd 

- Kala Technologies Pty Ltd  

- Orbital Share Plan Pty Ltd 

- Orbital Autogas Systems Pty Ltd 

- Sprint Gas (Aust) Pty Ltd 

United States of America 
- Orbital Holdings (USA) Inc. 

- Orbital Fluid Technologies Inc. 

- Orbital Engine Company (USA) Inc. 

United Kingdom 
- Orbital Engine Company (UK) Ltd 

Note 

Class of 
Shares 

Consolidated Entity 
Interest 

2014 
% 

2013 
% 

Ord 
Ord 
Ord 
Ord 
Ord 
Ord 
Ord 
Ord 
Ord 
Ord 
Ord 

Ord 
Ord 
Ord 

(a)

(a)

(a)

(a)

(a)

(a)

(b)

(a)

(a)

(a)

Ord 

100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 

100 

100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 

100 

(a)  Dormant for the years ended 30 June 2014 and 30 June 2013. 
(b)  Orbital  Share  Plan  Pty  Ltd  was  established  on  22  September  2008  and  acts  as  the  trustee  of  the  Orbital 

Executive Long Term Share Plans. 

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

28. 

INFORMATION RELATING TO ORBITAL CORPORATION LIMITED 

Current assets 
Total assets 

Current liabilities 
Total liabilities 

Issued capital 
Accumulated losses 
Employee equity benefits reserve 
Total shareholders’ equity 

Profit/(loss) of the parent entity 
Total comprehensive profit /(loss) of the parent entity 

Guarantee 

CONSOLIDATED 

2014 
$'000 

2013 
$'000 

3 
37,666 

- 
27,155 

19,590 
(10,768) 
1,689 
10,511 

1,596 
1,596 

3 
36,131 

- 
27,332 

19,518 
(12,364) 
1,645 
8,799 

(8,812) 
(8,812) 

Orbital  Corporation  Limited  has  provided  a  guarantee  to  Westpac  Banking  Corporation  for  all  liabilities  and 
obligations  of  Orbital  Australia  Pty  Ltd.    See  note  20  for  details  of  Orbital  Australia  Pty  Ltd's  outstanding 
liabilities to Westpac Banking Corporation. 

29. 

RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES 

(a) 

Identity of related parties 

The  Group  has  a  relationship  with  its  subsidiaries  (see  note  27),  with  its  investment  accounted  for  using  the 
equity  method  (see  note  15),  and  with  its  key  management  personnel  (refer  to  disclosures  for  key 
management personnel, see note 30). 

(b) 

Controlled Entities 

Details of interest in controlled entities are set out in Note 27.   

(c) 

Other Related Parties 

Details of dealings with other related parties, being joint venture entity Synerject LLC, are set out below: 

(i)  Receivables and Payables 

The aggregate amounts receivable from/payable to Synerject LLC by the Group at balance date are: 

Receivables 

Current 

Payables 

Current 

(ii)  Transactions 

1 

- 

3 

- 

During the year the Group purchased goods and services to the value of $110,000 (2013: $148,000) from 
Synerject  LLC.    All  transactions  are  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  and  on  normal  commercial  terms 
and conditions. The Group received dividends of $1,634,122 (2013:$1,484,854) from Synerject LLC. 

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

30. 

KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL 

The following were key management personnel of the Group at any time during the reporting period and unless 
otherwise indicated were key management personnel for the entire period: 

Non-executive directors 

Dr MT Jones (appointed as Chairman 2 September 2013) 
Dr V Braach-Maksvytis 
Mr JP Welborn (appointed as director 17 June 2014) 
Mr WP Day (resigned as Chairman 1 September 2013, resigned as director 28 February 2014) 

Executive directors 

Mr TD Stinson (Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer) 

Executives 

Dr GP Cathcart (Chief Technical Officer) 
Mr IG Veitch (Chief Financial Officer) 

Key management personnel compensation 

The  key  management  personnel  compensation  included  in  ‘employee  benefits  expense’  (see  note  8)  are  as 
follows: 

Short-term employee benefits 
Post-employment benefits 
Long-term employee benefits 
Equity compensation benefits 

CONSOLIDATED 

2014 
$ 
1,074,183 
96,933 
24,412 
62,061 
1,257,589 

2013 
$ 
1,011,679 
110,193 
32,448 
107,015 
1,261,335 

Individual directors and executives compensation disclosures 

No director has entered into a material contract with the Group since the end of the previous financial year and 
there were no material contracts involving directors’ interests at year-end. 

Loans to key management personnel and their related parties 

The Group has not made any loans to key management personnel or their related parties since the end of the 
previous financial year  and  there were  no  loans  to any key management personnel or their related  parties at 
year-end. 

Movement in shares 

The  movement  during  the  reporting  period  in  the  number  of  ordinary  shares  in  Orbital  Corporation  Limited 
held, directly, indirectly or beneficially, by each key management person, including their related parties, is as 
follows: 

Held at 

Granted as 
compensation 

Held at 

1-Jul13 

Purchases 

ESP #1 

ELTSP 

Sales 

Other (a)  30-Jun-14 

Non-executive directors 
Dr MT Jones 
Dr V Braach-Maksvytis 
Mr JP Welborn 
Mr WP Day 

18,000 
- 
- 
10,000 

52,000 
- 
- 
- 

Executive director 
Mr TD Stinson  

Executives 
Dr GP Cathcart 
Mr IG Veitch 

392,690 

61,563 
20,443 

- 

- 
- 

80 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

5,844 
5,844 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

70,000 
- 
- 

(10,000) 

- 

- 

392,690 

- 
- 

67,407 
26,287 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

30. 

KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL (CONTINUED) 

Movement in shares (continued) 

Held at 

Granted as 
compensation 

Held at 

1-Jul12 

Purchases 

ESP #1 

ELTSP 

Sales 

Other (a)  30-Jun-13 

Non-executive directors 
Dr MT Jones 
Dr V Braach-Maksvytis 
Mr JP Welborn 
Mr WP Day 

Executive director 
Mr TD Stinson  

Executives 
Dr GP Cathcart 
Mr IG Veitch 
Mr KA Halliwell 

18,000 
- 
- 
10,000 

392,690 

54,095 
- 
180,238 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

7,468 
- 
7,468 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

18,000 
- 
- 
10,000 

392,690 

- 
20,443 
(187,706) 

61,563 
20,443 
- 

(a) Represents shareholdings at the time that Mr WP Day and Mr KA Halliwell ceased to be a KMP and Mr IG 

Veitch became a KMP. 

Movement in ELTSP rights 

The  movement  during  the  reporting  period  in  the  number  of  ELTSP  rights  to  ordinary  shares  in  Orbital 
Corporation  Limited  held,  directly,  indirectly  or  beneficially,  by  each  key  management  person,  including  their 
related parties, is as follows: 

Executive director 
Mr TD Stinson  

Executives 
Dr GP Cathcart 
Mr IG Veitch 

Executive director 
Mr TD Stinson  

Executives 
Dr GP Cathcart 
Mr IG Veitch 
Mr KA Halliwell 

Held at 

Held at 

1-Jul13 

Offered 

Forfeited 

Vested 

Expired 

Other (a)  30-Jun-14 

2,535,000  1,165,000 

1,012,700  537,000 
498,500  466,000 

- 

- 
- 

- 

(665,000)

- 

3,035,000 

- 
- 

(252,700)
(76,000)

- 
- 

1,297,000 
888,500 

Held at 

Held at 

1-Jul12 

Offered 

Forfeited 

Vested 

Expired 

Other (a)  30-Jun-13 

1,960,000  1,100,000 

762,200 
- 
1,014,067 

450,000 
- 

600,000  (1,347,567)

- 

- 
- 

- 

(525,000) 

- 

2,535,000 

- 
- 
- 

(199,500) 

(266,500) 

- 
498,500 
- 

(1,012,700)
498,500 
- 

(a) Represents ELTSP rights holding at the date that Mr IG Veitch became a KMP. 

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

30. 

KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL (CONTINUED) 

Movement in performance rights 

The  movement  during  the  reporting  period  in  the  number  of  performance  rights  to  ordinary  shares  in  Orbital 
Corporation  Limited  held,  directly,  indirectly  or  beneficially,  by  each  key  management  person,  including  their 
related parties, is as follows: 

Executive director 
Mr TD Stinson  

Executive director 
Mr TD Stinson  

Held at 

Held at 

1-Jul13 

Offered 

Forfeited 

Vested 

Expired 

Other  

30-Jun-14 

1,150,000 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

1,150,000 

Held at 

Held at 

1-Jul12 

Offered 

Forfeited 

Vested 

Expired 

Other  

30-Jun-13 

1,150,000 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

1,150,000 

No performance rights were vested at 30 June 2014 (2013: nil). 

NOTE 

CONSOLIDATED 

2014 
$'000 

2013 
$'000 

31. 

NOTES TO THE STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS 

Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities 

Profit after income tax 
Adjustments for: 
Profit on sale of plant and equipment 
Depreciation 
Amortisation 
Amortisation of deferred revenue and government grants 
Impairment, write-off of trade receivables 
Movement in fair value of financial assets 
Movement in fair value of financial liabilities 
Impairment of goodwill 
Amortisation of non-interest bearing loans 
Amounts set aside to warranty and other provisions 
Share of net profit of equity accounted investment 
Profit on sale of share in equity accounted investment 
Employee compensation expense 
Net foreign exchange gains 
Net cash used in operating activities before changes in assets and 
liabilities 

8 
17 
18 

12 
12 
18 
12(b) 

15 
7 
32(a) 

Changes in assets and liabilities during the year: 

(Increase)/decrease in receivables 
(Increase)/decrease in inventories 
(Increase)/decrease in deferred tax assets 
Increase/(decrease) in payables 
Increase/(decrease) in employee provisions 

1,676 

364 

90 
762 
146 
(225) 
(160) 
(136) 
(248) 

- 
533 
(615) 
(3,256) 

- 
132 
(72) 

(3) 
813 
146 
(225) 
175 
- 
(1,410) 
1,965 
521 
287 
(3,220) 
(1,702) 
180 
(122) 

(1,373) 

(2,231) 

(842) 
(170) 
(417) 
808 
79 

(542) 

(713) 
2,039 
1,640 
(2,108) 
(344) 

514 

Net cash used in operating activities 

(1,915) 

(1,717) 

82 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

CONSOLIDATED 

2014 
$'000 

2013 
$'000 

32. 

SHARE BASED PAYMENTS 

(a) 

Recognised share-based payment expenses 

Expense arising from equity-settled share-based payment transactions 

132 

180 

The share-based payment plans are described below. 

(b) 

Employee Share Plan No.1 

Under Employee Share  Plan  No. 1 each  eligible  employee is offered fully paid ordinary shares  to  the value of 
$1,000 per annum. 

During the year there were 422,403 (2013: 612,114) shares issued under Plan No. 1 to eligible employees at a 
market value on the day of issue of $72,000 (2013: $82,000). 

(c) 

Executive Long Term Share Plan (“ELTSP”) 

Executives may also be offered shares in the Company’s Executive Long Term Share Plan under which offered 
shares will be granted subject to the satisfaction of performance conditions over a 3 year period or subject to 
Board discretion for other qualifying reasons.  

The performance conditions for the LTI offered in 2014 are based 100% on earnings per share.   

Additionally, the number of shares granted is broken into four bands as shown in the table below. 

Vesting schedule for the EPS tested LTI awarded for the performance year 2014 

Company Performance 
(Earnings per share) 

Compounded EPS growth of less than 20% per annum 
(up to 73% growth over 3 years) 

% of offered shares 
issued to each executive 

0% to 25% 

Compounded EPS growth of between 20% and 34.9% per annum 
(at least 73% growth over 3 years) 

25% to 49% (on a straight line basis) 

Compounded EPS growth of between 35% and 49.9% per annum 
(at least 246% growth over 3 years) 

50% to 99% (on a straight line basis) 

Compounded EPS growth of 50% or greater per annum 
(at least 338% growth over 3 years) 

100% 

At the Company’s Annual General Meeting in October 2013, shareholders approved the above plan in relation 
to the ongoing remuneration of Executive Directors and senior executives.  

During  the  year,  a  total  of  2,168,000  rights  under  the  plan  were  offered  to  3  executives  (2013:  2,480,000 
rights offered to 4 executives). 

The  performance  conditions  for  the  LTI  offered  in  2013  were  based  on  two  performance  hurdles,  as  set  out 
below: 

Vesting schedule for the EPS tested LTI awarded for the performance year 2013 

Company Performance 
(Earnings per share) 

Under 5 cents 

% of offered shares 
issued to each executive 

0% 

At or above 5 cents but below 7 cents 

25% to 50% (on a straight line basis) 

At or above 7 cents but below 9 cents 

50% to 100% (on a straight line basis) 

At or above 9 cents 

100% 

83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

32. 

SHARE BASED PAYMENTS (CONTINUED) 

(c) 

Executive Long Term Share Plan (“ELTSP”) (continued) 

Summary of rights granted under the ELTSP 

Outstanding at the beginning of the year 
Granted during the year 
Forfeited during the year 
Vested during the year and shares issued 
Expired during the year 
Outstanding at the end of the year 

2014 
No. 

2013 
No. 

4,046,200 
2,168,000 
- 
- 

(993,700) 

5,220,500 

4,227,300 
2,480,000 
(1,610,100) 
- 
(1,051,000) 
4,046,200 

The outstanding balance as at 30 June 2014 is represented by: 

  1,172,500 rights with an average fair value at grant date of $0.300 that will potentially vest in August 2014; 
  1,880,000 rights with an average fair value at grant date of $0.200 that will potentially vest in August 2015. 
  2,168,000 rights with an average fair value at grant date of $0.170 that will potentially vest in August 2016; 

Fair value of rights on grant date 

The  following  factors  and  assumptions  were  used  in  determining  the  fair  value  of  TSR  related  rights  offered 
under the ELTSP on grant date: 

TSR related rights 

Grant Date 

Life 

Expiry 
Date 

Fair Value 
per right 

Exercise 
Price 

Market price 
of shares on 
grant date 

Expected 
volatility 

Risk free 
interest 
rate 

31-Aug-10 

3 years 

31-Aug-13 

33 cents 

31-Aug-11* 

3 years 

31-Aug-14 

25 cents 

nil 

nil 

34 cents 

35 cents 

60% 

110% 

4.27% 

3.79% 

* The grant date of the TSR related rights for the Managing Director was 26 October 2011. 

The  following  factors  and  assumptions  were  used  in  determining  the  fair  value  of  EPS  related  rights  offered 
under the ELTSP on grant date: 

EPS related rights 

Grant Date 

Life 

Expiry 
Date 

Fair Value 
per right 

Exercise 
Price 

Market price 
of shares on 
grant date 

31-Aug-11* 

3 years 

31-Aug-14 

35 cents 

31-Aug-12* 

3 years 

31-Aug-15 

20 cents 

31-Aug-13* 

3 years 

31-Aug-16 

19.5 cents 

nil 

nil 

nil 

35 cents 

20 cents 

19.5 cents 

* The grant date of the EPS related rights for the Managing Director were 26 October 2011, 7 November 2012 

and 22 October 2013, respectively. 

The fair value of the EPS related rights is equal to the market price of shares on the grant date. 

84 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

32. 

SHARE BASED PAYMENTS (CONTINUED) 

(d) 

Performance Rights Plan 

The  Company  also  introduced  a  Performance  Rights  Plan  as  part  of  its  long-term  incentive  arrangements  for 
senior executives, which was approved by shareholders in October 2008.   

Under  the  Performance  Rights  Plan,  performance  rights  will  only  be  issued  if  the  terms  and  conditions  detailed 
below are satisfied. 

A performance right is a right to acquire one fully paid ordinary share in the Company.  Until they are exercised, 
performance rights: 

(a)  do not give the holder a legal or beneficial interest in shares of the Company; and 
(b)  do  not  enable  participating  executives  to  receive  dividends,  rights  on  winding  up,  voting  rights  or  other 

shareholder benefits. 

Performance rights issued under the Performance Rights Plan will be exercisable if: 

(a)  a performance hurdle is met over the periods specified by the Board; or 
(b)  the Board allows early exercise on cessation of employment (see “Cessation of employment” below); or 
(c)  it is determined by the Board in light of specific circumstances. 

The  terms  and  conditions  of  the  offer  of  Performance Rights  made  during  the  year  ended  30  June  2009  are  as 
follows: 

(a)  Mr T D Stinson will be awarded 1,150,000 performance rights; 
(b)  the grant of performance rights will be in seven tranches, each tranche with a different specified share price 

target as set out below: 

Tranche 

1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 

Number of 
performance 
rights 
200,000 
200,000 
200,000 
200,000 
125,000 
125,000 
100,000 

Share price 
target 
$ 
$2.50 
$5.00 
$7.50 
$10.00 
$20.00 
$30.00 
$50.00 

Fair value at 
grant date 
$ 

94,000 
70,000 
56,000 
46,000 
16,250 
11,250 
5,000 

(c)  the acquisition price and exercise price of the performance rights will be nil. 
(d)  Mr T D Stinson will only be permitted to exercise a performance right if: 

  the Company attains the specified share price target (see table above) within eight years from the date of 

grant of the performance right; and 

  the  specified  share price  target is also achieved at the end of two years from the date the  target is first 
achieved (“Vesting Date”) based on the Company’s average closing share price over a 90 day period up to 
and including the Vesting Date; 

(e)  if  the  specified  share  price  target  is  either  not  achieved  within  eight  years  from  the  date  of  grant,  or  if  so 

achieved, not also achieved at the end of the Vesting Date, the performance right will lapse. 

No performance rights were granted during the years ended 30 June 2014 or 30 June 2013.   

33. 

DEFINED CONTRIBUTION SUPERANNUATION FUND 

The  Group  contributes  to  a  defined  contribution  plan  for  the  provision  of  benefits  to  Australian  employees  on 
retirement, death or disability. Employee and employer contributions are based on various percentages of gross 
salaries  and  wages.    Apart  from  the  contributions  required  under  superannuation  legislation,  there  is  no  legally 
enforceable obligation on the Company or its controlled entities to contribute to the superannuation plan. 

85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

CONSOLIDATED 

2014 
$'000 

2013 
$'000 

34. 

COMMITMENTS 

(a) 

Operating leases 

Non-cancellable future operating lease rentals not provided for in the financial statements and payable: 

- Not later than one year 
- Later than one year but not later than five years 
- Later than five years 

1,012 
3,769 
1,575 
6,356 

1,214 
3,855 
2,501 
7,570 

The  Group  leases  premises  and  plant  &  equipment  under  operating  leases.    The  lease  for  the  engineering 
premises is for a period of 10 years with options to extend for two further periods of five years each.  Leases 
for warehousing premises typically run for a period of 5 years.  None of the leases include contingent rentals. 

During  the  financial  year  ended  30  June  2014,  $1,109,101  was  recognised  as  an  expense  in  the  income 
statement in respect of operating leases (2013:$1,066,256). 

(b) 

Finance leases and hire purchase commitments 

Future minimum lease payments under finance leases and hire purchase contracts are as follows: 

Non-cancellable future operating lease rentals not provided for in the financial statements and payable: 

- Not later than one year 
- Later than one year but not later than five years 

24 
19 
43 

20 
43 
63 

(c) 

Other 

In  June  2008  the  Group  received  funding  of  $2,760,000  from  the  Commonwealth  of  Australia  through  the 
Alternative  Fuels  Conversion  Program  administered  by  the  Department  of  the  Environment,  Water,  Heritage 
and the Arts towards the construction of a heavy duty engine test facility. 

The  Group  will  fund  the  maintenance  and  operation  of the  facility  until  at  least  financial  year  2014/2015  and 
provide the Commonwealth with preferential access to the facility, as follows: 

Operational  commitment  to  the  running  of  the  heavy  duty  engine  testing  facility  not  provided  for  in  the 
financial statements and payable: 

- Not later than one year 
- Later than one year but not later than five years 

- 
- 
- 

291 
- 
291 

35. 

CONTINGENCIES 

The  details  and  estimated  maximum  amounts  of  contingent  liabilities  that  may  become  payable  are  set  out 
below.  The  directors  are  not  aware  of  any  circumstance  or  information  that  would  lead  them  to  believe  that 
these liabilities will crystallise. 

In the event of the Company terminating the employment of the Chief Executive Officer (other than by reason 
of serious misconduct or material breach of his service agreement), an equivalent of 12 months remuneration 
is  payable  to  the  CEO.    In  the  event  of  the  Company  terminating  the  employment  of  a  KMP  (other  than  by 
reason  of  serious  misconduct  or  material  breach  of  their  service  agreement),  an  equivalent  of  3  months  pay, 
plus  2  weeks  pay  for  each  completed  year  of  service,  plus  for  each  completed  year  of  service  beyond  10,  an 
additional  1/2  weeks  pay,  plus  a  pro-rata  payment  for  each  completed  month  of  service  in  the  final  year  is 
payable to the KMP.  The maximum entitlement to termination pay is limited to 65 weeks pay.  There are no 
other  contingent  liabilities  for  termination  benefits  under  the  service  agreements  with  Directors  or  other 
persons who take part in the management of any entity within the Group.  

86 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2014 

36. 

EVENTS SUBSEQUENT TO BALANCE SHEET DATE 

On 27 June 2014, the Company announced that it was going to undertake an on-market share buy-back of up 
to  10%  of  its  issued  capital  in  accordance  with  the  Corporations  Act  and  Rules  of  the  Australian  Stock 
Exchange.  The buy-back commenced on 15 July 2014 and was completed on 20 July 2014.  During this period 
the  Company  bought  back  4,975,699  shares  at  a  total  consideration  paid  of  $771,000.    On  24  July  2014  the 
4,975,699 shares were cancelled. 

Other  than  the matters above,  there  has  not arisen in  the interval  between the  end  of the financial year and 
the date of this report any item, transaction or event of a material and unusual nature likely, in the opinion of 
the  directors  of  the  Company,  to  affect  significantly  the  operations  of  the  Group,  the  results  of  those 
operations, or the state of affairs of the Group, in future years. 

37. 

REMUNERATION OF AUDITORS 

Amounts received or due and receivable for audit services by: 
Auditors of the Company 
- Audit and review of financial reports – Australian reporting 
- Audit and review of financial reports – USA reporting 

CONSOLIDATED 

2014 
$ 

2013 
$ 

238,900 
115,900 

225,600 
112,500 

Amounts received or due and receivable for other services by: 
- Auditors of the Company 

14,850 

- 

Total auditors’ remuneration 

369,650 

338,100 

The Auditors of the Group in 2014 and 2013 were Ernst & Young. 

87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Director’s Declaration 

Orbital Corporation Limited 

In accordance with a resolution of the directors of Orbital Corporation Limited, I state that: 

1. In the opinion of the directors: 

(a) 

The financial statements and notes and the additional disclosures included in the Directors’ Report designated as 
audited, of the group are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:   

(i) 

Giving  a  true  and  fair  view  of  the  financial  position  of  the  Group  as  at  30  June  2014  and  of  their 
performance, as represented by the results of their operations and their cash flows, for the year ended 
on that date; and 

(ii) 

Complying with Accounting Standards in Australia and the Corporations Regulations 2001. 

(b) 

(c) 

The financial  statements and notes also  comply  with International Financial reporting  Standards as  disclosed  in 
note 2(a). 

There  are  reasonable  grounds  to  believe  that  the  Company  will  be  able  to  pay  its  debts  as  and  when  they 
become due and payable. 

2. This declaration has been made after receiving he declarations required to be made to the Directors in accordance with 
Section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001, from the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer for the financial 
year 30 June 2014. 

On behalf of the Board, 

MT Jones  
Chairman  

TD Stinson 
Managing Director 

Dated at Perth, Western Australia this 28th day of August 2014 

88 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ernst & Young Building 
11 Mounts Bay Road 
Perth WA 6000 Australia 
GPO Box M939 Perth WA 6843 

Tel: +61 8 9429 2222 
 Fax: +61 8 9429 2436 
www.ey.com/au 

Independent auditor’s report to the members of Orbital Corporation 
Limited 

Report on the Financial Report 

We have audited the accompanying financial report of Orbital Corporation Limited, which comprises the consolidated 
statement of financial position as at 30 June 2014, the consolidated income statement, the consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income, the consolidated statement of changes in equity and the consolidated statement of cash flows for 
the year then ended, notes comprising a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information, 
and the directors' declaration of the consolidated entity comprising the company and the entities it controlled at the 
year's end or from time to time during the financial year. 

Directors’ Responsibility for the Financial Report  

The directors of the company are responsible for the preparation of the financial report that gives a true and fair view in 
accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001 and for such internal controls as the 
directors determine are necessary to enable the preparation of the financial report that is free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. In Note 2(a), the directors also state, in accordance with Accounting 
Standard AASB 101 Presentation of Financial Statements, that the financial statements comply with International 
Financial Reporting Standards. 

Auditor’s Responsibility  

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial report based on our audit. We conducted our audit in 
accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. Those standards require that we comply with relevant ethical 
requirements relating to audit engagements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether the financial report is free from material misstatement. 

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial 
report. The procedures selected depend on the auditor's judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material 
misstatement of the financial report, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor 
considers internal controls relevant to the entity's preparation and fair presentation of the financial report in order to 
design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on 
the effectiveness of the entity's internal controls. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting 
policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by the directors, as well as evaluating the overall 
presentation of the financial report. 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion. 

Independence 

In conducting our audit we have complied with the independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001.  We have 
given to the directors of the company a written Auditor’s Independence Declaration, a copy of which is included in the 
directors’ report. 

Opinion 

In our opinion: 

a. 

the financial report of Orbital Corporation Limited is in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including: 

i 

giving a true and fair view of the consolidated entity's financial position as at 30 June 2014 and of its 
performance for the year ended on that date; and 

ii 

complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001; and 

b. 

the financial report also complies with International Financial Reporting Standards as disclosed in Note 2(a). 

89 

  
 
 
 
Ernst & Young Building 
11 Mounts Bay Road 
Perth WA 6000 Australia 
GPO Box M939 Perth WA 6843 

Tel: +61 8 9429 2222 
 Fax: +61 8 9429 2436 
www.ey.com/au 

Report on the remuneration report 

We have audited the Remuneration Report included in pages 12 to 26 of the directors' report for the year ended 30 June 
2014. The directors of the company are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the Remuneration Report in 
accordance with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the 
Remuneration Report, based on our audit conducted in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. 

Opinion 

In our opinion, the Remuneration Report of Orbital Corporation Limited for the year ended 30 June 2014, complies with 
section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. 

Ernst & Young 

T G Dachs 
Partner  
Perth  
28 August 2014  

90 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ORBITAL CORPORATION LIMITED 

SHAREHOLDING DETAILS 

Class of Shares and Voting Rights 

As at 31 July 2014 there were 4,594 shareholders of the ordinary shares of the Company. The voting rights attaching to 
the ordinary shares, set out in Article 8 of the Company’s Constitution, subject to any rights or restrictions for the time 
being attached to any class or classes of shares, are: 

a)  at  meetings  of  members  or  class  of  members,  each  member  entitled  to  vote  may  vote  in  person  or  by  proxy  or 

representative; and 

b) on a show of hands every person present who is a member has one vote, and on a poll every person present in 

person or by proxy or representative has one vote for each ordinary share held. 

Substantial Shareholders and Holdings as at 31 July 2014 

SG Hiscock & Company Ltd 
(as notified 01 August 2013) 

Mulloway Pty Ltd 
(as notified 18 February 2014) 

Distribution of Shareholdings as at 31 July 2014  

4,760,107 

10.63% 

2,580,688 

5.76% 

1-1,000 
1,001-5,000 
5,001-10,000 
10,001-100,000 
100,001 and over 
Number of shareholders 

Total Shares on Issue 

Number of shareholders holding less than a marketable parcel 

Top 20 Shareholders as at 31 July 2014  

NAME 

J P MORGAN NOMINEES AUSTRALIA LIMITED  

1  HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED  
2  ANNAPURNA PTY LTD  
3  MULLOWAY PTY LTD  
4 
5  CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED  
6  DEBUSCEY PTY LTD  
7  BOND STREET CUSTODIANS LIMITED  
8  MR MICHAEL WILLIAM FORD & MRS NINA BETTE FORD  
9  MULLOWAY PTY LTD  
10  MR CHRISTOPHER IAN WALLIN & MS FIONA KAY WALLIN  
11  MORGAN STANLEY AUSTRALIA SECURITIES (NOMINEE) PTY LIMITED  
12  MERRILL LYNCH (AUSTRALIA) NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 
13  TWOKIND PTY LTD  
14  SINO WEST ASSETS LIMITED  
15  MR JOSHUA LEIGH SWEETMAN  
16  NATIONAL NOMINEES LIMITED  
17  MR TERRY STINSON 
18  MR JOHN AYRES  
19  PRA TRADING PTY LTD  
20  MR NORMAN COLBURN MAYNE 

2,844 
1,030 
283 
383 
54 

4,594 

44,781,295 

3,547 

NUMBER OF 
SHARES HELD 

% OF 
SHARES 

4,618,309 
2,000,000 
1,924,433 
1,761,361 
1,758,645 
1,100,000 
1,044,350 
858,122 
741,255 
689,200 
661,860 
637,715 
575,000 
571,885 
554,055 
423,133 
392,690 
356,667 
350,000 
350,000 

10.31% 
4.47% 
4.30% 
3.93% 
3.93% 
2.46% 
2.33% 
1.92% 
1.66% 
1.54% 
1.48% 
1.42% 
1.28% 
1.28% 
1.24% 
0.94% 
0.88% 
0.80% 
0.78% 
0.78% 

Top 20 Shareholders Total 

  21,368,680 

47.72% 

The twenty largest shareholders hold 47.72% of the ordinary shares of the Company. 

On-market share buy-back 

As announced per ASX release on 27 June 2014, Orbital initiated a buy-back of up to 4,975,699 (10%) of the  
Company’s  fully  paid  ordinary  shares.  As  at  21  July  2014  Orbital  had  bought  back  4,975,699  shares  for  a  total 
consideration of $771,000. 

91 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ORBITAL CORPORATION LIMITED 

CORPORATE INFORMATION 

ABN 32 009 344 058 

REGISTERED AND PRINCIPAL OFFICE 
4 Whipple Street 
Balcatta, Western Australia 6021 
Australia 

CONTACT DETAILS 
Australia: - 
Telephone: 61 (08) 9441 2311 
Facsimile: 61 (08) 9441 2111 

INTERNET ADDRESS 
http://www.orbitalcorp.com.au 
Email:  info@orbitalcorp.com.au 

DIRECTORS 
M.T. Jones, Chairman 
T.D. Stinson, Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer 
V. Braach-Maksvytis 
J.P. Welborn 

COMPANY SECRETARY 
I.G. Veitch 

SHARE REGISTRY 
Link Market Services Limited 
Level 4 Central Park 
152 St Georges Terrace 
Perth, Western Australia 6000 
Telephone: 61 (08) 9211 6670 

SHARE TRADING FACILITIES 
Australian Stock Exchange Limited (Code “OEC”) 

AUDITORS 
Ernst & Young 
The Ernst & Young Building 
11 Mounts Bay Road 
Perth, Western Australia 6000